arduino-0018-windows
This commit is contained in:
parent
157fd6f1a1
commit
f39fc49523
5182 changed files with 950586 additions and 0 deletions
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
|
|||
# About window for GDBtk.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Red Hat, Inc.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
# under the terms of the GNU General Public License (GPL) as published by
|
||||
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
|
||||
# your option) any later version.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
# GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Implements About window
|
||||
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
itcl::class About {
|
||||
inherit ManagedWin ModalDialog
|
||||
constructor {args} {
|
||||
global gdb_ImageDir
|
||||
set f [frame $itk_interior.f]
|
||||
label $f.image1 -bg #ee0000 -image \
|
||||
[image create photo -file [file join $gdb_ImageDir insight.gif]]
|
||||
message $f.m -bg #ee0000 -fg white -text [gdb_cmd {show version}] \
|
||||
-aspect 500 -relief flat
|
||||
pack $f.image1 $f.m $itk_interior.f -fill both -expand yes
|
||||
pack $itk_interior
|
||||
bind $f.image1 <1> [code $this unpost]
|
||||
bind $f.m <1> [code $this unpost]
|
||||
window_name "About Red Hat Insight"
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# Don't quit if this is the last window. The only way that this can
|
||||
# happen is if we are the splash screen.
|
||||
|
||||
method quit_if_last {} {
|
||||
return 0
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,810 @@
|
|||
# Tracepoint actions dialog for Insight.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 1997, 1998, 1999, 2001 Red Hat, Inc.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
# under the terms of the GNU General Public License (GPL) as published by
|
||||
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
|
||||
# your option) any later version.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
# GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
itcl::class ActionDlg {
|
||||
inherit ManagedWin
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# CONSTRUCTOR
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
constructor {args} {
|
||||
global _TStepCount _TOtherVariable
|
||||
|
||||
eval itk_initialize $args
|
||||
|
||||
set Registers [gdb_reginfo name]
|
||||
if {$Line != ""} {
|
||||
set Locals [gdb_get_locals "$File:$Line"]
|
||||
set Args [gdb_get_args "$File:$Line"]
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
set Locals [gdb_get_locals "*$Address"]
|
||||
set Args [gdb_get_args "*$Address"]
|
||||
}
|
||||
set Variables [concat $Locals $Args]
|
||||
foreach a $Registers {
|
||||
lappend Variables "\$$a"
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if {[llength $Args] > 0} {
|
||||
lappend Variables "All Arguments"
|
||||
}
|
||||
if {[llength $Locals] > 0} {
|
||||
lappend Variables "All Locals"
|
||||
}
|
||||
lappend Variables "All Registers"
|
||||
lappend Variables "Collect Stack"
|
||||
|
||||
build_win
|
||||
|
||||
# Set a default return status, in case we are destroyed
|
||||
set _TOtherVariable {}
|
||||
|
||||
# Fill the listboxes with any default data
|
||||
if {"$Data" != {}} {
|
||||
change 1 $Data
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# DESTRUCTOR - destroy window containing widget
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
destructor {
|
||||
|
||||
# Remove this window and all hooks
|
||||
# grab release $this
|
||||
|
||||
# Note that this is okay: the callback (TraceDlg::done, usually) will
|
||||
# ignore stray "cancel" callbacks
|
||||
eval $Callback cancel
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# METHOD: build_win - build the Trace dialog box (cache this?)
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
method build_win {} {
|
||||
global _TStepCount _TOtherVariable
|
||||
|
||||
set f $itk_interior
|
||||
|
||||
# The two frames of this dialog
|
||||
set bbox [frame $f.bbox]; # for holding OK,CANCEL buttons
|
||||
set data [frame $f.data]; # for everything else
|
||||
|
||||
# Setup the button box
|
||||
button $bbox.ok -text OK -command "$this ok"
|
||||
button $bbox.cancel -text CANCEL -command "$this cancel"
|
||||
pack $bbox.ok $bbox.cancel -side left -padx 10 -expand yes
|
||||
|
||||
# The "Data Collection" Frame
|
||||
set top [frame $data.top]
|
||||
set bot [frame $data.bot]
|
||||
|
||||
set boxes [frame $top.boxes]
|
||||
set cFrame [frame $boxes.cFrame]
|
||||
set vFrame [frame $boxes.vFrame]
|
||||
set bFrame [frame $boxes.bframe]
|
||||
set oFrame [frame $top.uFrame]
|
||||
pack $cFrame $bFrame $vFrame -side left -expand yes -padx 5
|
||||
|
||||
# While stepping
|
||||
if {$WhileStepping} {
|
||||
set step_frame [frame $top.stepf]
|
||||
label $step_frame.whilelbl -text {While Stepping, Steps:}
|
||||
set WhileSteppingEntry [entry $step_frame.steps \
|
||||
-textvariable _TStepCount \
|
||||
-width 5]
|
||||
pack $step_frame.whilelbl $WhileSteppingEntry -side left
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# The Collect listbox
|
||||
label $cFrame.lbl -text {Collect:}
|
||||
set CollectLB [iwidgets::scrolledlistbox $cFrame.lb -hscrollmode dynamic \
|
||||
-vscrollmode dynamic \
|
||||
-selectioncommand [code $this toggle_button_state 0] \
|
||||
-dblclickcommand [code $this change 0] \
|
||||
-selectmode extended \
|
||||
-exportselection false]
|
||||
[$CollectLB component listbox] configure -background gray92
|
||||
pack $cFrame.lbl $cFrame.lb -side top -expand yes -pady 2
|
||||
|
||||
# The Variables listbox
|
||||
label $vFrame.lbl -text {Variables:}
|
||||
set VariablesLB [iwidgets::scrolledlistbox $vFrame.lb -hscrollmode dynamic \
|
||||
-vscrollmode dynamic \
|
||||
-selectioncommand [code $this toggle_button_state 1] \
|
||||
-dblclickcommand [code $this change 1] \
|
||||
-selectmode extended \
|
||||
-exportselection false]
|
||||
[$VariablesLB component listbox] configure -background gray92
|
||||
pack $vFrame.lbl $vFrame.lb -side top -expand yes -pady 2
|
||||
|
||||
# The button frame
|
||||
set AddButton [button $bFrame.add -text {<<< Collect} \
|
||||
-command "$this change 1" -state disabled]
|
||||
set RemoveButton [button $bFrame.del -text {Ignore >>>} \
|
||||
-command "$this change 0" -state disabled]
|
||||
pack $bFrame.add $bFrame.del -side top -expand yes -pady 5
|
||||
|
||||
# The other frame (type-in)
|
||||
label $oFrame.lbl -text {Other:}
|
||||
set OtherEntry [entry $oFrame.ent -textvariable _TOtherVariable]
|
||||
pack $oFrame.lbl $OtherEntry -side left
|
||||
bind $OtherEntry <Return> "$this change_other"
|
||||
|
||||
# Pack these frames
|
||||
if {$WhileStepping} {
|
||||
pack $step_frame -side top
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
pack $boxes $oFrame -side top -padx 5 -pady 5
|
||||
pack $top $bot -side top
|
||||
|
||||
# Fill the list boxes
|
||||
fill_listboxes
|
||||
|
||||
# Pack the main frames
|
||||
# after idle
|
||||
pack $f.data $bbox -side top -padx 4 -pady 2 \
|
||||
-expand yes -fill x
|
||||
|
||||
# !!???
|
||||
if {$WhileStepping} {
|
||||
$WhileSteppingEntry delete 0 end
|
||||
$WhileSteppingEntry insert 0 $Steps
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
method toggle_button_state {add} {
|
||||
|
||||
# This is invoked whenever a <1> event is generated in
|
||||
# the listbox...
|
||||
if {$add} {
|
||||
set a [$VariablesLB getcurselection]
|
||||
if {"$a" != ""} {
|
||||
$AddButton configure -state normal
|
||||
$RemoveButton configure -state disabled
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
set a [$CollectLB getcurselection]
|
||||
if {"$a" != ""} {
|
||||
$AddButton configure -state disabled
|
||||
$RemoveButton configure -state normal
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# METHOD: fill_listboxes - fills the two listboxes
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
method fill_listboxes {{last {}}} {
|
||||
|
||||
# Fill the Collect listbox with the variables being collected
|
||||
if {[info exists Collect]} {
|
||||
fill_collect $last
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
fill_variables $last
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# METHOD: change - change a selected variable
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
method change {add {select {}}} {
|
||||
if {"$select" == {}} {
|
||||
set selections [get_selections $add]
|
||||
set lb [lindex $selections 0]
|
||||
set last [lindex $selections 1]
|
||||
set selection [lindex $selections 2]
|
||||
set noname 1
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
# This usually (only) occurs when we open this dialog for editing
|
||||
# some existing action.
|
||||
set lb {}
|
||||
set last {}
|
||||
set noname 0
|
||||
set selection $select
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
$RemoveButton configure -state disabled
|
||||
$AddButton configure -state disabled
|
||||
|
||||
# Remove all the selections from one list
|
||||
# and add them to the other list
|
||||
if {$add} {
|
||||
set list1 $Variables
|
||||
set list2 $Collect
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
set list1 $Collect
|
||||
set list2 $Variables
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
foreach a $selection {
|
||||
if {$noname} {
|
||||
set name [$lb get $a]
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
set name $a
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if {"$name" == "All Locals" || "$name" == {$loc}} {
|
||||
set name "All Locals"
|
||||
set lists [all_locals $add]
|
||||
set list1 [lindex $lists 0]
|
||||
set list2 [lindex $lists 1]
|
||||
} elseif {"$name" == "All Registers" || "$name" == {$reg}} {
|
||||
set name "All Registers"
|
||||
set lists [all_regs $add]
|
||||
set list1 [lindex $lists 0]
|
||||
set list2 [lindex $lists 1]
|
||||
} elseif {"$name" == "All Arguments" || "$name" == {$arg}} {
|
||||
set name "All Arguments"
|
||||
set lists [all_args $add]
|
||||
set list1 [lindex $lists 0]
|
||||
set list2 [lindex $lists 1]
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
set i [lsearch -exact $list1 $name]
|
||||
set list1 [lreplace $list1 $i $i]
|
||||
|
||||
# Check if this is something we want to keep on a list
|
||||
if {[lsearch $Args $name] != -1 || [lsearch $Registers [string trim $name \$]] != -1 || [lsearch $Locals $name] != -1 || $add} {
|
||||
lappend list2 $name
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if {$add} {
|
||||
set Collect $list2
|
||||
set Variables $list1
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
set Collect $list1
|
||||
set Variables $list2
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# Update boxes (!! SLOW !!)
|
||||
fill_collect $last
|
||||
fill_variables $last
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# METHOD: fill_collect - fill the collect box
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
method fill_collect {{last {}}} {
|
||||
|
||||
$CollectLB delete 0 end
|
||||
set Collect [sort $Collect]
|
||||
foreach a $Collect {
|
||||
$CollectLB insert end $a
|
||||
}
|
||||
if {"$last" != ""} {
|
||||
$CollectLB see $last
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# METHOD: fill_variables - fill the variables box
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
method fill_variables {{last {}}} {
|
||||
|
||||
$VariablesLB delete 0 end
|
||||
set Variables [sort $Variables]
|
||||
foreach a $Variables {
|
||||
$VariablesLB insert end $a
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if {"$last" != ""} {
|
||||
$VariablesLB see $last
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# METHOD: sort - sort a list of variables, placing regs and
|
||||
# special identifiers (like "All Locals") at end
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
method sort {list} {
|
||||
|
||||
set special_names {
|
||||
"All Arguments" args \
|
||||
"All Locals" locs \
|
||||
"All Registers" regs \
|
||||
"Collect Stack" stack
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
foreach {name var} $special_names {
|
||||
set i [lsearch $list $name]
|
||||
if {$i != -1} {
|
||||
set $var 1
|
||||
set list [lreplace $list $i $i]
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
set $var 0
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# Extract all the locals, regs, args, globals
|
||||
set types_list {Args Locals Registers }
|
||||
foreach type $types_list {
|
||||
set used_$type {}
|
||||
|
||||
foreach a [set $type] {
|
||||
set i [lsearch $list $a]
|
||||
if {$i != -1} {
|
||||
lappend used_$type $a
|
||||
set list [lreplace $list $i $i]
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
set used_$type [lsort [set used_$type]]
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
set globals [lsort $list]
|
||||
|
||||
# Sort the remaining list in order: args, locals, globals, regs
|
||||
set list [concat $used_Args $used_Locals $globals $used_Registers]
|
||||
|
||||
set list2 {}
|
||||
|
||||
foreach {name var} $special_names {
|
||||
if {[set $var]} {
|
||||
lappend list2 $name
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
set list [concat $list2 $list]
|
||||
return $list
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# METHOD: all_args - add/remove all args
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
method all_args {add} {
|
||||
|
||||
if {$add} {
|
||||
set list1 $Variables
|
||||
set list2 $Collect
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
set list1 $Collect
|
||||
set list2 $Variables
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# foreach var $Args {
|
||||
# set i [lsearch $list1 $var]
|
||||
# if {$i != -1} {
|
||||
# set list1 [lreplace $list1 $i $i]
|
||||
# lappend list2 $var
|
||||
# }
|
||||
# }
|
||||
|
||||
lappend list2 "All Arguments"
|
||||
set i [lsearch $list1 "All Arguments"]
|
||||
if {$i != -1} {
|
||||
set list1 [lreplace $list1 $i $i]
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return [list $list1 $list2]
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# METHOD: all_locals - add/remove all locals
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
method all_locals {add} {
|
||||
|
||||
if {$add} {
|
||||
set list1 $Variables
|
||||
set list2 $Collect
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
set list1 $Collect
|
||||
set list2 $Variables
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# foreach var $Locals {
|
||||
# set i [lsearch $list1 $var]
|
||||
# if {$i != -1} {
|
||||
# set list1 [lreplace $list1 $i $i]
|
||||
# lappend list2 $var
|
||||
# }
|
||||
# }
|
||||
|
||||
lappend list2 "All Locals"
|
||||
set i [lsearch $list1 "All Locals"]
|
||||
if {$i != -1} {
|
||||
set list1 [lreplace $list1 $i $i]
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return [list $list1 $list2]
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# METHOD: all_regs - add/remove all registers
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
method all_regs {add} {
|
||||
|
||||
if {$add} {
|
||||
set list1 $Variables
|
||||
set list2 $Collect
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
set list1 $Collect
|
||||
set list2 $Variables
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# foreach var $Registers {
|
||||
# set i [lsearch $list1 "\$$var"]
|
||||
# if {$i != -1} {
|
||||
# set list1 [lreplace $list1 $i $i]
|
||||
# lappend list2 "\$$var"
|
||||
# }
|
||||
# }
|
||||
|
||||
lappend list2 "All Registers"
|
||||
set i [lsearch $list1 "All Registers"]
|
||||
if {$i != -1} {
|
||||
set list1 [lreplace $list1 $i $i]
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return [list $list1 $list2]
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# METHOD: change_other - add/remove a user defined type
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
method change_other {} {
|
||||
set other [$OtherEntry get]
|
||||
|
||||
if {"$other" != ""} {
|
||||
set added 0
|
||||
|
||||
# Check if this is a local/register/arg
|
||||
set i [lsearch $Locals "$other"]
|
||||
if {$i != -1} {
|
||||
set i [lsearch $Collect "$other"]
|
||||
set added 1
|
||||
if {$i != -1} {
|
||||
# It's a local on the collection list
|
||||
debug "local on collection list"
|
||||
set add 0
|
||||
set list1 [lreplace $Collect $i $i]
|
||||
set list2 [concat $Variables "$other"]
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
# It's a local on the variables list
|
||||
debug "local on variable list"
|
||||
set add 1
|
||||
set i [lsearch $Variables "$other"]
|
||||
set list1 [lreplace $Variables $i $i]
|
||||
set list2 [concat $Collect "$other"]
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
set i [lsearch $Registers [string trim "$other" \$]]
|
||||
if {$i != -1} {
|
||||
set i [lsearch $Collect "$other"]
|
||||
set added 1
|
||||
if {$i != -1} {
|
||||
# It's a register on the collection list
|
||||
debug "register on collection list"
|
||||
set add 0
|
||||
set list1 [lreplace $Collect $i $i]
|
||||
set list2 [concat $Variables "$other"]
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
# It's a register on the variables list
|
||||
debug "register on variable list"
|
||||
set add 1
|
||||
set i [lsearch $Variables "$other"]
|
||||
set list1 [lreplace $Variables $i $i]
|
||||
set list2 [concat $Collect "$other"]
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
set i [lsearch $Args $other]
|
||||
if {$i != -1} {
|
||||
set i [lsearch $Collect "$other"]
|
||||
set added 1
|
||||
if {$i != -1} {
|
||||
# It's an arg on the collection list
|
||||
debug "arg on collection list"
|
||||
set add 0
|
||||
set list1 [lreplace $Collect $i $i]
|
||||
set list2 [concat $Variables "$other"]
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
# It's an arg on the variables list
|
||||
debug "arg on variable list"
|
||||
set add 1
|
||||
set i [lsearch $Variables "$other"]
|
||||
set list1 [lreplace $Variables $i $i]
|
||||
set list2 [concat $Collect "$other"]
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# Check for special tags
|
||||
if {!$added} {
|
||||
if {"[string tolower $other]" == "all locals"} {
|
||||
set i [lsearch $Variables "All Locals"]
|
||||
if {$i != -1} {
|
||||
# It's "All Locals" on the variables list
|
||||
set add 1
|
||||
set lists [all_locals 1]
|
||||
set list1 [lindex $lists 0]
|
||||
set list2 [lindex $lists 1]
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
# It's "All Locals" on the Collect list
|
||||
set add 0
|
||||
set lists [all_locals 0]
|
||||
set list1 [lindex $lists 0]
|
||||
set list2 [lindex $lists 1]
|
||||
}
|
||||
} elseif {"[string tolower $other]" == "all registers"} {
|
||||
set i [lsearch $Variables "All Registers"]
|
||||
if {$i != -1} {
|
||||
# It's "All Registers" on the Variables list
|
||||
set add 1
|
||||
set lists [all_regs 1]
|
||||
set list1 [lindex $lists 0]
|
||||
set list2 [lindex $lists 1]
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
set add 0
|
||||
set lists [all_regs 0]
|
||||
set list1 [lindex $lists 0]
|
||||
set list2 [lindex $lists 1]
|
||||
}
|
||||
} elseif {"[string tolower $other]" == "all arguments"} {
|
||||
set i [lsearch $Variables "All Arguments"]
|
||||
if {$i != -1} {
|
||||
# It's "All Arguments" on the Variables list
|
||||
set add 1
|
||||
set lists [all_args 1]
|
||||
set list1 [lindex $lists 0]
|
||||
set list2 [lindex $lists 1]
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
set add 0
|
||||
set lists [all_args 0]
|
||||
set list1 [lindex $lists 0]
|
||||
set list2 [lindex $lists 1]
|
||||
}
|
||||
} elseif {"[string tolower $other]" == "collect stack"} {
|
||||
set i [lsearch $Variables "Collect Stack"]
|
||||
if {$i != -1} {
|
||||
# It's "All Arguments" on the Variables list
|
||||
set add 1
|
||||
set lists [all_args 1]
|
||||
set list1 [lindex $lists 0]
|
||||
set list2 [lindex $lists 1]
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
set add 0
|
||||
set lists [all_args 0]
|
||||
set list1 [lindex $lists 0]
|
||||
set list2 [lindex $lists 1]
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
# Check if this entry is on the Collect list
|
||||
set i [lsearch $Collect $other]
|
||||
if {$i != -1} {
|
||||
# It's on the list -- remove it
|
||||
set add 0
|
||||
set list1 [lreplace $Collect $i $i]
|
||||
set list2 $Variables
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
# It's not on the list -- add it
|
||||
|
||||
set other [string trim $other \ \r\t\n]
|
||||
|
||||
# accept everything, send to gdb to validate
|
||||
set ok 1
|
||||
|
||||
# memranges will be rejected right here
|
||||
|
||||
if {[string range $other 0 1] == "\$("} {
|
||||
tk_messageBox -type ok -icon error \
|
||||
-message "Expression syntax not supported"
|
||||
set ok 0
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# do all syntax checking later
|
||||
if {$ok} {
|
||||
#debug "Keeping \"$other\""
|
||||
# We MUST string out all spaces...
|
||||
if {[regsub -all { } $other {} expression]} {
|
||||
set other $expression
|
||||
}
|
||||
set add 1
|
||||
set list1 $Variables
|
||||
set list2 [concat $Collect "$other"]
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
#debug "Discarding \"$other\""
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# Clear the entry
|
||||
$OtherEntry delete 0 end
|
||||
|
||||
if {$add} {
|
||||
set Variables $list1
|
||||
set Collect $list2
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
set Variables $list2
|
||||
set Collect $list1
|
||||
}
|
||||
fill_listboxes
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# METHOD: get_selections - get all the selected variables
|
||||
# pass 0 to get the selections from the collect box
|
||||
# Returns a list of: listbox in which the selections were
|
||||
# obtained, last element selected on the list, and all the
|
||||
# selected elements
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
method get_selections {vars} {
|
||||
|
||||
if {$vars} {
|
||||
set widget $VariablesLB
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
set widget $CollectLB
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
set elements [$widget curselection]
|
||||
set list {}
|
||||
set i 0
|
||||
foreach i $elements {
|
||||
lappend list [$widget get $i]
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return [list $widget $i $elements]
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# METHOD: cancel - cancel the dialog and do not set the trace
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
method cancel {} {
|
||||
::delete object $this
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
method remove_special {list items} {
|
||||
|
||||
foreach item $items {
|
||||
set i [lsearch $list $item]
|
||||
if {$i != -1} {
|
||||
set list [lreplace $list $i $i]
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
set i [lsearch $list \$$item]
|
||||
if {$i != -1} {
|
||||
set list [lreplace $list $i $i]
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return $list
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# METHOD: ok - validate the tracepoint and install it
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
method ok {} {
|
||||
global _TStepCount
|
||||
|
||||
# Add anything in the OtherEntry
|
||||
change_other
|
||||
|
||||
# Check that we are collecting data
|
||||
if {[llength $Collect] == 0} {
|
||||
# No data!
|
||||
set msg "No data specified for the given action."
|
||||
set answer [tk_messageBox -type ok -title "Tracepoint Error" \
|
||||
-icon error \
|
||||
-message $msg]
|
||||
case $answer {
|
||||
cancel {
|
||||
cancel
|
||||
}
|
||||
ok {
|
||||
return
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
set i [lsearch $Collect "All Locals"]
|
||||
if {$i != -1} {
|
||||
set data [lreplace $Collect $i $i]
|
||||
set data [concat $data {$loc}]
|
||||
|
||||
# Remove all the locals from the list
|
||||
set data [remove_special $data $Locals]
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
set data $Collect
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
set i [lsearch $data "All Registers"]
|
||||
if {$i != -1} {
|
||||
set data [lreplace $data $i $i]
|
||||
set data [concat $data {$reg}]
|
||||
|
||||
# Remove all the locals from the list
|
||||
set data [remove_special $data $Registers]
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
set i [lsearch $data "All Arguments"]
|
||||
if {$i != -1} {
|
||||
set data [lreplace $data $i $i]
|
||||
set data [concat $data {$arg}]
|
||||
|
||||
# Remove all the locals from the list
|
||||
set data [remove_special $data $Args]
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
set i [lsearch $data "Collect Stack"]
|
||||
if {$i != -1} {
|
||||
set data [lreplace $data $i $i]
|
||||
set data [concat $data [collect_stack]]
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# Remove repeats
|
||||
set d {}
|
||||
foreach i $data {
|
||||
if {![info exists check($i)]} {
|
||||
set check($i) 1
|
||||
lappend d $i
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if {$WhileStepping} {
|
||||
set steps $_TStepCount
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
set steps 0
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if {"$Data" != {}} {
|
||||
set command "modify"
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
set command "add"
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
debug "DATA = $data"
|
||||
eval $Callback $command $steps [list $data]
|
||||
::delete object $this
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
method collect_stack {} {
|
||||
return $StackCollect
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
method cmd {line} {
|
||||
$line
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# PUBLIC DATA
|
||||
public variable File
|
||||
public variable Line {}
|
||||
public variable WhileStepping 0
|
||||
public variable Number
|
||||
public variable Callback
|
||||
public variable Data {}
|
||||
public variable Steps {}
|
||||
public variable Address {}
|
||||
|
||||
# PROTECTED DATA
|
||||
protected variable WhileSteppingEntry
|
||||
protected variable CollectLB
|
||||
protected variable VariablesLB
|
||||
protected variable Variables {}
|
||||
protected variable Collect {}
|
||||
protected variable Locals
|
||||
protected variable Args
|
||||
protected variable Registers
|
||||
protected variable Others {}
|
||||
protected variable AddButton
|
||||
protected variable RemoveButton
|
||||
protected variable OtherEntry
|
||||
protected variable StackCollect {*(char*)$sp@64}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,232 @@
|
|||
# Attach Dialog for Insight.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 1999, 2002, 2003, 2008 Red Hat, Inc.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
# under the terms of the GNU General Public License (GPL) as published by
|
||||
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
|
||||
# your option) any later version.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
# GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
itcl::body AttachDlg::constructor {args} {
|
||||
eval itk_initialize $args
|
||||
window_name "Attach To Process"
|
||||
build_win
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
itcl::body AttachDlg::build_win {} {
|
||||
# Frame
|
||||
itk_component add pid {
|
||||
iwidgets::labeledframe $itk_interior.f -labeltext "Choose Process" \
|
||||
-relief groove -borderwidth 2 -ipadx 6 -ipady 4
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# Listbox of processes
|
||||
itk_component add choose_pid {
|
||||
iwidgets::scrolledlistbox [$itk_component(pid) childsite].pid \
|
||||
-visibleitems 30x15 -hscrollmode dynamic -vscrollmode dynamic\
|
||||
-exportselection 0 -selectioncommand [code $this select_pid] \
|
||||
-foreground $::Colors(textfg) -textbackground $::Colors(textbg) \
|
||||
-dblclickcommand [code $this doit]
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# Filter entryfield
|
||||
itk_component add pid_filter {
|
||||
iwidgets::entryfield [$itk_component(pid) childsite].filt \
|
||||
-labeltext "Filter:" \
|
||||
-foreground $::Colors(textfg) -textbackground $::Colors(textbg) \
|
||||
-focuscommand [code $this clear_pid_selection] \
|
||||
-command [code $this filter_pid_selection]
|
||||
}
|
||||
$itk_component(pid_filter) insert 0 *
|
||||
|
||||
# seperator
|
||||
itk_component add pid_sep {
|
||||
frame [$itk_component(pid) childsite].sep \
|
||||
-height 2 -borderwidth 1 -relief sunken
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# PID_ENTRY: this is the PID entry box. You can enter the pid
|
||||
# by hand here, or click on the listbox to have it entered for you.
|
||||
itk_component add pid_entry {
|
||||
iwidgets::entryfield [$itk_component(pid) childsite].lab \
|
||||
-labeltext "PID:" -validate numeric \
|
||||
-foreground $::Colors(textfg) -textbackground $::Colors(textbg) \
|
||||
-focuscommand [code $this clear_pid_selection]
|
||||
}
|
||||
pack $itk_component(choose_pid) -fill x -side top -pady 4
|
||||
pack $itk_component(pid_filter) -fill x -side top -pady 4
|
||||
pack $itk_component(pid_sep) -fill x -side top -pady 8
|
||||
pack $itk_component(pid_entry) -fill x -side bottom -pady 4
|
||||
|
||||
itk_component add symbol_label {
|
||||
iwidgets::labeledframe $itk_interior.sym -labeltext "Choose Exec file" \
|
||||
-labelpos nw -relief groove -borderwidth 2 \
|
||||
-ipadx 8 -ipady 6
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
itk_component add symbol_file {
|
||||
iwidgets::entryfield [$itk_interior.sym childsite].f -labeltext "File:" \
|
||||
-foreground $::Colors(textfg) -textbackground $::Colors(textbg)
|
||||
}
|
||||
pack $itk_component(symbol_file) -pady 4 -padx 4 -fill x
|
||||
|
||||
# can't use the -state in the entryfield, 'cause that affects the
|
||||
# label as well...
|
||||
#$itk_component(symbol_file) component entry configure -state disabled
|
||||
$itk_component(symbol_file) configure -state normal
|
||||
$itk_component(symbol_file) insert 0 $::gdb_exe_name
|
||||
#$itk_component(symbol_file) configure -state disabled
|
||||
|
||||
itk_component add symbol_browse {
|
||||
button [$itk_component(symbol_file) childsite].br -text "Choose..." \
|
||||
-command [code $this choose_symbol_file]
|
||||
}
|
||||
pack $itk_component(symbol_browse) -pady 4 -padx 4 -ipadx 4
|
||||
|
||||
itk_component add button_box {
|
||||
frame $itk_interior.b
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
itk_component add cancel {
|
||||
button $itk_component(button_box).cancel -text "Cancel" \
|
||||
-command [code $this cancel]
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
itk_component add ok {
|
||||
button $itk_component(button_box).ok -text "OK" -command [code $this doit]
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# if {$::gdb_exe_name == ""} {
|
||||
# $itk_component(ok) configure -state disabled
|
||||
# }
|
||||
|
||||
::standard_button_box $itk_component(button_box)
|
||||
|
||||
pack $itk_component(button_box) -side bottom -fill x -pady 4 -padx 4
|
||||
pack $itk_component(symbol_label) -side bottom -fill x -pady 4 -padx 4
|
||||
pack $itk_component(pid) -fill both -expand 1 -pady 4 -padx 4
|
||||
|
||||
after idle [list update idletasks; $this list_pids]
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# METHOD: doit - This accepts the attach command.
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
itcl::body AttachDlg::doit {} {
|
||||
set AttachDlg::last_button 1
|
||||
set AttachDlg::last_pid [$itk_component(pid_entry) get]
|
||||
set AttachDlg::symbol_file [$itk_component(symbol_file) get]
|
||||
unpost
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# METHOD: cancel - unpost the dialog box without attaching.
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
itcl::body AttachDlg::cancel {} {
|
||||
set AttachDlg::last_button 0
|
||||
set AttachDlg::last_pid {}
|
||||
unpost
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# METHOD: choose_symbol_file - Query for a new symbol file.
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
itcl::body AttachDlg::choose_symbol_file {} {
|
||||
set file [tk_getOpenFile -parent . -title "Load New Executable"]
|
||||
if {$file != ""} {
|
||||
$itk_component(symbol_file) configure -state normal
|
||||
$itk_component(symbol_file) clear
|
||||
$itk_component(symbol_file) insert 0 $file
|
||||
# $itk_component(symbol_file) configure -state disabled
|
||||
$itk_component(ok) configure -state active
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# METHOD: list_pids - List the available processes. Right now,
|
||||
# this just spawns ps, which means we have to deal with
|
||||
# all the different ps flags & output formats. At some
|
||||
# point we should steal some C code to do it by hand.
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
itcl::body AttachDlg::list_pids {{pattern *}} {
|
||||
global gdbtk_platform
|
||||
|
||||
switch $gdbtk_platform(os) {
|
||||
Linux {
|
||||
set ps_cmd "ps axw"
|
||||
}
|
||||
default {
|
||||
set ps_cmd "ps w"
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
if {[catch {::open "|$ps_cmd" r} psH]} {
|
||||
set errTxt "Could not exec ps: $psH
|
||||
You will have to enter the PID by hand."
|
||||
ManagedWin::open WarningDlg -message [list $errTxt]
|
||||
return
|
||||
}
|
||||
gets $psH header
|
||||
|
||||
set nfields [llength $header]
|
||||
set nfields_m_1 [expr {$nfields - 1}]
|
||||
set regexp {^ *([^ ]*) +}
|
||||
for {set i 1} {$i < $nfields_m_1} {incr i} {
|
||||
append regexp {[^ ]* +}
|
||||
}
|
||||
append regexp {(.*)$}
|
||||
|
||||
$itk_component(choose_pid) clear
|
||||
set pid_list {}
|
||||
|
||||
while {[gets $psH line] >= 0} {
|
||||
regexp $regexp $line dummy PID COMMAND
|
||||
if {[string match $pattern $COMMAND]} {
|
||||
lappend pid_list [list $PID $COMMAND]
|
||||
$itk_component(choose_pid) insert end $COMMAND
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
close $psH
|
||||
$itk_component(choose_pid) selection set 0
|
||||
select_pid
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# METHOD: select_pid - Grab the selected element from the PID listbox
|
||||
# and insert the associated PID into the entry form.
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
itcl::body AttachDlg::select_pid {} {
|
||||
set hit [$itk_component(choose_pid) curselection]
|
||||
if {$hit != ""} {
|
||||
$itk_component(pid_entry) clear
|
||||
$itk_component(pid_entry) insert 0 [lindex [lindex $pid_list $hit] 0]
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# METHOD: clear_pid_selection - Clear the current PID selection.
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
itcl::body AttachDlg::clear_pid_selection {} {
|
||||
$itk_component(choose_pid) selection clear 0 end
|
||||
$itk_component(pid_entry) selection range 0 end
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# METHOD: filter_pid_selection - Filters the pid box.
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
itcl::body AttachDlg::filter_pid_selection {} {
|
||||
list_pids [$itk_component(pid_filter) get]
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
|
|||
#
|
||||
# attachdlg.ith - itcl declarations for class AttachDlg
|
||||
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Implements Attach to process window
|
||||
#
|
||||
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 1999 Cygnus Solutions
|
||||
#
|
||||
itcl::class AttachDlg {
|
||||
inherit ModalDialog ManagedWin
|
||||
|
||||
public {
|
||||
method constructor {args}
|
||||
proc last_button {} {return $last_button}
|
||||
proc pid {} {return $last_pid}
|
||||
proc symbol_file {} {return $symbol_file}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
protected {
|
||||
method build_win {args}
|
||||
method cancel {}
|
||||
method choose_symbol_file {}
|
||||
method doit {}
|
||||
method list_pids {{pattern *}}
|
||||
method select_pid {}
|
||||
method clear_pid_selection {}
|
||||
method filter_pid_selection {}
|
||||
|
||||
variable pid_list
|
||||
|
||||
common last_button 0
|
||||
common last_pid {}
|
||||
common symbol_file
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,227 @@
|
|||
# Block and frame class implementations for GDBtk.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 1997, 1998, 1999 Cygnus Solutions
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
# under the terms of the GNU General Public License (GPL) as published by
|
||||
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
|
||||
# your option) any later version.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
# GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Block
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::body Block::constructor {start end args} {
|
||||
|
||||
# Record runtime info about this block
|
||||
set _start $start
|
||||
set _end $end
|
||||
set _variables [_findVariables]
|
||||
eval configure $args
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# Destroy ourself.
|
||||
itcl::body Block::destructor {} {
|
||||
|
||||
# Each block is responsible for destroying its
|
||||
# variables and removing them from the list of
|
||||
# of all variables for this frame
|
||||
foreach var $_variables {
|
||||
$var delete
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# Return a list of variables defined in this block
|
||||
# This list is determined when we are created.
|
||||
itcl::body Block::variables {} {
|
||||
return $_variables
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# Find the new variables for this block.
|
||||
itcl::body Block::_findVariables {} {
|
||||
|
||||
# Find the new variables for this block.
|
||||
set variables [gdb_block_variables $_start $_end]
|
||||
|
||||
# Create variables.
|
||||
set vars {}
|
||||
foreach variable $variables {
|
||||
# Be paranoid: catch errors constructing variable.
|
||||
set err [catch {gdb_variable create -expr $variable} obj]
|
||||
if {!$err} {
|
||||
lappend vars $obj
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return $vars
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
itcl::body Block::update {} {
|
||||
|
||||
set changed {}
|
||||
foreach var $_variables {
|
||||
set changed [concat $changed [$var update]]
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return $changed
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
itcl::body Block::info {} {
|
||||
|
||||
return [list $_start $_end]
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Frame
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::body Frame::constructor {addr} {
|
||||
|
||||
set _addr $addr
|
||||
|
||||
# Create all blocks in the selected frame
|
||||
set _blocks {}
|
||||
_createBlocks [gdb_get_blocks]
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
itcl::body Frame::destructor {} {
|
||||
# destroy our own blocks
|
||||
foreach block $_blocks {
|
||||
_removeBlock $block
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
itcl::body Frame::_removeBlock {blockObj} {
|
||||
|
||||
set i [lsearch $_blocks $blockObj]
|
||||
if {$i != -1} {
|
||||
set _blocks [lreplace $_blocks $i $i]
|
||||
delete object $blockObj
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
itcl::body Frame::_addBlock {block} {
|
||||
|
||||
set start [lindex $block 0]
|
||||
set end [lindex $block 1]
|
||||
set b [Block \#auto $start $end]
|
||||
lappend _blocks $b
|
||||
|
||||
return $b
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
itcl::body Frame::_createBlocks {blocks} {
|
||||
|
||||
foreach block $blocks {
|
||||
set b [_addBlock $block]
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
itcl::body Frame::update {} {
|
||||
|
||||
set vars {}
|
||||
foreach block $_blocks {
|
||||
set vars [concat $vars [$block update]]
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return $vars
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
itcl::body Frame::variables {} {
|
||||
|
||||
set vars {}
|
||||
foreach block $_blocks {
|
||||
set vars [concat $vars [$block variables]]
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return $vars
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
itcl::body Frame::new {} {
|
||||
# find any new variables. So get a list of all blocks,
|
||||
# eliminate duplicates, and get those variables.
|
||||
|
||||
set blocks [gdb_get_blocks]
|
||||
set new {}
|
||||
|
||||
foreach block $blocks {
|
||||
set b [_findBlock $block]
|
||||
if {$b == ""} {
|
||||
# Found a new block. Create it get its variables
|
||||
set b [_addBlock $block]
|
||||
set new [concat $new [$b variables]]
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return $new
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
itcl::body Frame::deleteOld {} {
|
||||
|
||||
foreach block [_oldBlocks] {
|
||||
_removeBlock $block
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
itcl::body Frame::_oldBlocks {} {
|
||||
|
||||
set blocks [gdb_get_blocks]
|
||||
set oldObjs $_blocks
|
||||
|
||||
foreach block $blocks {
|
||||
set obj [_findBlock $block]
|
||||
if {$obj != ""} {
|
||||
# Found it.. Remove it from old
|
||||
set i [lsearch $oldObjs $obj]
|
||||
set oldObjs [lreplace $oldObjs $i $i]
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return $oldObjs
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
itcl::body Frame::old {} {
|
||||
|
||||
# All the variables in the blocks in old are now gone...
|
||||
# We don't remove blocks here, since the frontend viewer
|
||||
# might want to keep these variables around for a little while
|
||||
# longer.
|
||||
set vars {}
|
||||
set old [_oldBlocks]
|
||||
foreach block $old {
|
||||
set vars [concat $vars [$block variables]]
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return $vars
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
itcl::body Frame::_findBlock {block} {
|
||||
|
||||
foreach b $_blocks {
|
||||
set info [$b info]
|
||||
if {$info == $block} {
|
||||
return $b
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return ""
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
itcl::body Frame::_findBlockIndex {block} {
|
||||
|
||||
set i 0
|
||||
foreach b $_blocks {
|
||||
set info [$b info]
|
||||
if {$info == $block} {
|
||||
return $i
|
||||
}
|
||||
incr i
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return -1
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
|
|||
# Class definitions for blocks and frames for GDBtk.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 1997, 1998, 1999 Cygnus Solutions
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
# under the terms of the GNU General Public License (GPL) as published by
|
||||
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
|
||||
# your option) any later version.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
# GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
itcl::class Block {
|
||||
|
||||
public {
|
||||
method constructor {start end args}
|
||||
method destructor {}
|
||||
method variables {}
|
||||
method update {}
|
||||
method info {}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
private {
|
||||
# Start and end address for this block
|
||||
variable _start
|
||||
variable _end
|
||||
|
||||
# List of variables (new) variables defined in this block
|
||||
variable _variables
|
||||
|
||||
method _findVariables {}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
itcl::class Frame {
|
||||
|
||||
public {
|
||||
method constructor {addr}
|
||||
method destructor {}
|
||||
method variables {}
|
||||
method update {}
|
||||
method new {}
|
||||
method old {}
|
||||
method deleteOld {}
|
||||
method address {} { return $_addr }
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
private {
|
||||
method _createBlocks {blocks}
|
||||
method _addBlock {block}
|
||||
method _findBlock {block}
|
||||
method _findBlockIndex {block}
|
||||
method _removeBlock {blockObj}
|
||||
method _oldBlocks {}
|
||||
|
||||
# Our address
|
||||
variable _addr
|
||||
|
||||
# A list of all blocks
|
||||
variable _blocks
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,728 @@
|
|||
# Breakpoint window for Insight.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 1997, 1998, 1999, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2008 Red Hat, Inc.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
# under the terms of the GNU General Public License (GPL) as published by
|
||||
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
|
||||
# your option) any later version.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
# GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# CONSTRUCTOR: create the main breakpoint window
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::body BpWin::constructor {args} {
|
||||
window_name "Breakpoints" "BPs"
|
||||
|
||||
if {[pref getd gdb/bp/menu] != ""} {
|
||||
set mbar 0
|
||||
}
|
||||
set show_threads [pref get gdb/bp/show_threads]
|
||||
debug "Ready to build"
|
||||
build_win
|
||||
eval itk_initialize $args
|
||||
|
||||
# The scrolledframe uses a canvas, which doesn't properly
|
||||
# calculate an initial size, so we must set a default
|
||||
# window size here. ManagedWin could override this still
|
||||
# if there is a user preference for the geometry.
|
||||
wm geometry $_top 350x165
|
||||
debug "done building"
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# DESTRUCTOR: destroy the breakpoint window
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::body BpWin::destructor {} {}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# METHOD: build_win - build the main breakpoint window
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::body BpWin::build_win {} {
|
||||
global _bp_en _bp_disp
|
||||
set bg1 $::Colors(bg)
|
||||
|
||||
set hsmode dynamic
|
||||
set vsmode dynamic
|
||||
|
||||
# FIXME: The iwidgets scrolled frame is pretty useless.
|
||||
# When we get BLT, use its hiertable to do this.
|
||||
itk_component add sframe {
|
||||
iwidgets::scrolledframe $itk_interior.sf \
|
||||
-hscrollmode $hsmode -vscrollmode $vsmode
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
set twin [$itk_component(sframe) childsite]
|
||||
|
||||
# write header
|
||||
if {$tracepoints} {
|
||||
label $twin.num0 -text "Num" -relief raised -bd 2 -anchor center \
|
||||
-font global/fixed
|
||||
}
|
||||
label $twin.thread0 -text "Thread" -relief raised -bd 2 -anchor center \
|
||||
-font global/fixed
|
||||
label $twin.addr0 -text "Address" -relief raised -bd 2 -anchor center \
|
||||
-font global/fixed
|
||||
label $twin.file0 -text "File" -relief raised -bd 2 -anchor center \
|
||||
-font global/fixed
|
||||
label $twin.line0 -text "Line" -relief raised -bd 2 -anchor center \
|
||||
-font global/fixed
|
||||
label $twin.func0 -text "Function" -relief raised -bd 2 -anchor center \
|
||||
-font global/fixed
|
||||
|
||||
if {$tracepoints} {
|
||||
label $twin.pass0 -text "PassCount" -relief raised -borderwidth 2 \
|
||||
-anchor center -font global/fixed
|
||||
grid x $twin.num0 $twin.addr0 $twin.file0 $twin.line0 $twin.func0 $twin.pass0 \
|
||||
-sticky new
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
if {$show_threads} {
|
||||
grid x $twin.thread0 $twin.addr0 $twin.file0 $twin.line0 $twin.func0 -sticky new
|
||||
# Let the File and Function columns expand; no others.
|
||||
grid columnconfigure $twin 3 -weight 1
|
||||
grid columnconfigure $twin 5 -weight 1
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
grid x $twin.addr0 $twin.file0 $twin.line0 $twin.func0 -sticky new
|
||||
# Let the File and Function columns expand; no others.
|
||||
grid columnconfigure $twin 2 -weight 1
|
||||
grid columnconfigure $twin 4 -weight 1
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# The last row must always suck up all the leftover vertical
|
||||
# space.
|
||||
set next_row 1
|
||||
grid rowconfigure $twin $next_row -weight 1
|
||||
|
||||
if { $mbar } {
|
||||
menu $itk_interior.m -tearoff 0
|
||||
[winfo toplevel $itk_interior] configure -menu $itk_interior.m
|
||||
if { $tracepoints == 0 } {
|
||||
$itk_interior.m add cascade -menu $itk_interior.m.bp -label "Breakpoint" -underline 0
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
$itk_interior.m add cascade -menu $itk_interior.m.bp -label "Tracepoint" -underline 0
|
||||
}
|
||||
set m [menu $itk_interior.m.bp]
|
||||
if { $tracepoints == 0 } {
|
||||
$m add radio -label "Normal" -variable _bp_disp($selected) \
|
||||
-value donttouch -underline 0 -state disabled
|
||||
$m add radio -label "Temporary" -variable _bp_disp($selected) \
|
||||
-value delete -underline 0 -state disabled
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
$m add command -label "Actions" -underline 0 -state disabled
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
$m add separator
|
||||
$m add radio -label "Enabled" -variable _bp_en($selected) -value 1 \
|
||||
-underline 0 -state disabled
|
||||
$m add radio -label "Disabled" -variable _bp_en($selected) -value 0 \
|
||||
-underline 0 -state disabled
|
||||
$m add separator
|
||||
$m add command -label "Remove" -underline 0 -state disabled
|
||||
$itk_interior.m add cascade -menu $itk_interior.m.all -label "Global" \
|
||||
-underline 0
|
||||
set m [menu $itk_interior.m.all]
|
||||
$m add check -label " Show Threads" \
|
||||
-variable [pref varname gdb/bp/show_threads] \
|
||||
-underline 1 -command "$this toggle_threads"
|
||||
$m add separator
|
||||
$m add command -label "Disable All" -underline 0 \
|
||||
-command "$this bp_all disable"
|
||||
$m add command -label "Enable All" -underline 0 \
|
||||
-command "$this bp_all enable"
|
||||
$m add separator
|
||||
$m add command -label "Remove All" -underline 0 \
|
||||
-command "$this bp_all delete"
|
||||
$m add separator
|
||||
$m add command -label "Store Breakpoints..." -underline 0 \
|
||||
-command [code $this bp_store]
|
||||
$m add command -label "Restore Breakpoints..." -underline 3 \
|
||||
-command [code $this bp_restore]
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
set Menu [menu $itk_interior.pop -tearoff 0]
|
||||
|
||||
if { $tracepoints == 0 } {
|
||||
$Menu add radio -label "Normal" -variable _bp_disp($selected) \
|
||||
-value donttouch -underline 0
|
||||
$Menu add radio -label "Temporary" -variable _bp_disp($selected) \
|
||||
-value delete -underline 0
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
$Menu add command -label "Actions" -underline 0
|
||||
}
|
||||
$Menu add separator
|
||||
$Menu add radio -label "Enabled" -variable _bp_en($selected) -value 1 -underline 0
|
||||
$Menu add radio -label "Disabled" -variable _bp_en($selected) -value 0 -underline 0
|
||||
$Menu add separator
|
||||
$Menu add command -label "Remove" -underline 0
|
||||
$Menu add cascade -menu $Menu.all -label "Global" -underline 0
|
||||
set m [menu $Menu.all]
|
||||
$m add check -label " Show Threads" -variable [pref varname gdb/bp/show_threads] \
|
||||
-underline 1 -command "$this toggle_threads"
|
||||
$m add separator
|
||||
$m add command -label "Disable All" -underline 0 -command "$this bp_all disable"
|
||||
$m add command -label "Enable All" -underline 0 -command "$this bp_all enable"
|
||||
$m add separator
|
||||
$m add command -label "Remove All" -underline 0 -command "$this bp_all delete"
|
||||
|
||||
if { $tracepoints == 0 } {
|
||||
# insert all breakpoints
|
||||
foreach i [gdb_get_breakpoint_list] {
|
||||
set e [BreakpointEvent \#auto -action create -number $i]
|
||||
bp_add $e
|
||||
delete object $e
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
# insert all tracepoints
|
||||
foreach i [gdb_get_tracepoint_list] {
|
||||
set e [TracepointEvent \#auto -action create -number $i]
|
||||
bp_add $e 1
|
||||
delete object $e
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
pack $itk_component(sframe) -side left -expand true -fill both
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# METHOD: bp_add - add a breakpoint entry
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::body BpWin::bp_add {bp_event {tracepoint 0}} {
|
||||
global _bp_en _bp_disp gdbtk_platform _files
|
||||
|
||||
set number [$bp_event get number]
|
||||
set thread [$bp_event get thread]
|
||||
set disposition [$bp_event get disposition]
|
||||
set file [$bp_event get file]
|
||||
|
||||
if {$tracepoint} {
|
||||
set diposition tracepoint
|
||||
set bptype tracepoint
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
set bptype breakpoint
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
debug "bp_add bpnum=$number thread=$thread show=$show_threads"
|
||||
set i $next_row
|
||||
set _bp_en($i) [$bp_event get enabled]
|
||||
set _bp_disp($i) $disposition
|
||||
set temp($i) ""
|
||||
switch $disposition {
|
||||
donttouch { set color [pref get gdb/src/bp_fg] }
|
||||
delete {
|
||||
set color [pref get gdb/src/temp_bp_fg]
|
||||
set temp($i) delete
|
||||
}
|
||||
tracepoint {
|
||||
set color [pref get gdb/src/trace_fg]
|
||||
}
|
||||
default { set color yellow }
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if {$thread != "-1"} {set color [pref get gdb/src/thread_fg]}
|
||||
|
||||
if {$gdbtk_platform(platform) == "windows"} {
|
||||
checkbutton $twin.en$i -relief flat -variable _bp_en($i) \
|
||||
-activebackground $bg1 -command "$this bp_able $i" -fg $color
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
checkbutton $twin.en$i -relief flat -variable _bp_en($i) \
|
||||
-command "$this bp_able $i" -activebackground $bg1 \
|
||||
-selectcolor $color -highlightbackground $bg1
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if {$tracepoints} {
|
||||
label $twin.num$i -text "$number " -relief flat -anchor w -font global/fixed
|
||||
}
|
||||
label $twin.addr$i -text "[gdb_CA_to_TAS [$bp_event get address]] " -relief flat -anchor w -font global/fixed -bg $bg1
|
||||
if {[info exists _files(short,$file)]} {
|
||||
set file $_files(short,$file)
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
# FIXME. Really need to do better than this.
|
||||
set file [::file tail $file]
|
||||
}
|
||||
if {$show_threads} {
|
||||
if {$thread == "-1"} {set thread "ALL"}
|
||||
label $twin.thread$i -text "$thread " -relief flat -anchor w -font global/fixed
|
||||
}
|
||||
label $twin.file$i -text "$file " -relief flat -anchor w -font global/fixed
|
||||
label $twin.line$i -text "[$bp_event get line] " -relief flat -anchor w -font global/fixed
|
||||
label $twin.func$i -text "[$bp_event get function] " -relief flat -anchor w -font global/fixed
|
||||
if {$tracepoints} {
|
||||
label $twin.pass$i -text "[$bp_event get pass_count] " -relief flat -anchor w -font global/fixed
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if {$mbar} {
|
||||
set zz [list addr file func line]
|
||||
if {$tracepoints} {lappend zz num pass}
|
||||
if {$show_threads} {lappend zz thread}
|
||||
foreach thing $zz {
|
||||
bind $twin.${thing}${i} <1> "$this bp_select $i"
|
||||
bind $twin.${thing}${i} <Double-1> "$this goto_bp $i"
|
||||
bind $twin.${thing}${i} <3> [code $this _select_and_popup $i %X %Y]
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if {$tracepoints} {
|
||||
grid $twin.en$i $twin.num$i $twin.addr$i $twin.file$i $twin.line$i \
|
||||
$twin.func$i $twin.pass$i -sticky new -ipadx 4 -ipady 2
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
if {$show_threads} {
|
||||
grid $twin.en$i $twin.thread$i $twin.addr$i $twin.file$i $twin.line$i \
|
||||
$twin.func$i -sticky new -ipadx 4 -ipady 2
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
grid $twin.en$i $twin.addr$i $twin.file$i $twin.line$i \
|
||||
$twin.func$i -sticky new -ipadx 4 -ipady 2
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# This used to be the last row. Fix it vertically again.
|
||||
grid rowconfigure $twin $i -weight 0
|
||||
|
||||
set index_to_bpnum($i) $number
|
||||
set Index_to_bptype($i) $bptype
|
||||
incr i
|
||||
set next_row $i
|
||||
grid rowconfigure $twin $i -weight 1
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# METHOD: bp_store - stores away the breakpoints in a file of gdb
|
||||
# commands
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::body BpWin::bp_store {} {
|
||||
set out_file [tk_getSaveFile]
|
||||
if {$out_file == ""} {
|
||||
return
|
||||
}
|
||||
if {[catch {::open $out_file w} outH]} {
|
||||
tk_messageBox -message "Could not open $out_file: $outH"
|
||||
return
|
||||
}
|
||||
foreach breakpoint [gdb_get_breakpoint_list] {
|
||||
# This is an lassign
|
||||
foreach {file function line_no address type \
|
||||
enable_p disp ignore cmds cond thread hit_count user_spec} \
|
||||
[gdb_get_breakpoint_info $breakpoint] {
|
||||
break
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if {$user_spec != ""} {
|
||||
set bp_specifier $user_spec
|
||||
} elseif {$file != ""} {
|
||||
set filename [file tail $file]
|
||||
set bp_specifier $filename:$line_no
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
set bp_specifier *$address
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# FIXME: doesn't handle watchpoints.
|
||||
if {[string compare $disp "delete"] == 0} {
|
||||
puts $outH "tbreak $bp_specifier"
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
puts $outH "break $bp_specifier"
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if {!$enable_p} {
|
||||
puts $outH "disable \$bpnum"
|
||||
}
|
||||
if {$ignore > 0} {
|
||||
puts $outH "ignore \$bpnum $ignore"
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
close $outH
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# METHOD: bp_restore - restore the breakpoints from a file of gdb
|
||||
# commands
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::body BpWin::bp_restore {} {
|
||||
set inH [tk_getOpenFile]
|
||||
if {$inH == ""} {
|
||||
return
|
||||
}
|
||||
bp_all delete
|
||||
if {[catch {gdb_cmd "source $inH"} err]} {
|
||||
tk_messageBox -message "Error sourcing in BP file $inH: \"$err\""
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# METHOD: bp_select - select a row in the grid
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::body BpWin::bp_select { r } {
|
||||
global _bp_en _bp_disp
|
||||
|
||||
set zz [list addr file func line]
|
||||
if {$tracepoints} {lappend zz num pass}
|
||||
if {$show_threads} {lappend zz thread}
|
||||
|
||||
if {$selected} {
|
||||
set i $selected
|
||||
|
||||
foreach thing $zz {
|
||||
$twin.${thing}${i} configure -fg $::Colors(fg) -bg $bg1
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# if we click on the same line, unselect it and return
|
||||
if {$selected == $r} {
|
||||
set selected 0
|
||||
|
||||
if {$tracepoints == 0} {
|
||||
$itk_interior.m.bp entryconfigure "Normal" -state disabled
|
||||
$itk_interior.m.bp entryconfigure "Temporary" -state disabled
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
$itk_interior.m.bp entryconfigure "Actions" -state disabled
|
||||
}
|
||||
$itk_interior.m.bp entryconfigure "Enabled" -state disabled
|
||||
$itk_interior.m.bp entryconfigure "Disabled" -state disabled
|
||||
$itk_interior.m.bp entryconfigure "Remove" -state disabled
|
||||
|
||||
return
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
foreach thing $zz {
|
||||
$twin.${thing}${r} configure -fg $::Colors(sfg) -bg $::Colors(sbg)
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if {$tracepoints == 0} {
|
||||
$itk_interior.m.bp entryconfigure "Normal" -variable _bp_disp($r) \
|
||||
-command "$this bp_type $r" -state normal
|
||||
$itk_interior.m.bp entryconfigure "Temporary" -variable _bp_disp($r) \
|
||||
-command "$this bp_type $r" -state normal
|
||||
$Menu entryconfigure "Normal" -variable _bp_disp($r) \
|
||||
-command "$this bp_type $r" -state normal
|
||||
$Menu entryconfigure "Temporary" -variable _bp_disp($r) \
|
||||
-command "$this bp_type $r" -state normal
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
$itk_interior.m.bp entryconfigure "Actions" -command "$this get_actions $r" -state normal
|
||||
$Menu entryconfigure "Actions" -command "$this get_actions $r" -state normal
|
||||
}
|
||||
$itk_interior.m.bp entryconfigure "Enabled" -variable _bp_en($r) \
|
||||
-command "$this bp_able $r" -state normal
|
||||
$itk_interior.m.bp entryconfigure "Disabled" -variable _bp_en($r) \
|
||||
-command "$this bp_able $r" -state normal
|
||||
$itk_interior.m.bp entryconfigure "Remove" -command "$this bp_remove $r" -state normal
|
||||
$Menu entryconfigure "Enabled" -variable _bp_en($r) \
|
||||
-command "$this bp_able $r" -state normal
|
||||
$Menu entryconfigure "Disabled" -variable _bp_en($r) \
|
||||
-command "$this bp_able $r" -state normal
|
||||
$Menu entryconfigure "Remove" -command "$this bp_remove $r" -state normal
|
||||
|
||||
set selected $r
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# NAME: private method BpWin::_select_and_popup
|
||||
# DESCRIPTION: Select the given breakpoint and popup the options
|
||||
# menu at the given location.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# ARGUMENTS: None
|
||||
# RETURNS: Nothing
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::body BpWin::_select_and_popup {bp X Y} {
|
||||
if {$selected != $bp} {
|
||||
bp_select $bp
|
||||
}
|
||||
tk_popup $Menu $X $Y
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# METHOD: bp_modify - modify a breakpoint entry
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::body BpWin::bp_modify {bp_event {tracepoint 0}} {
|
||||
global _bp_en _bp_disp gdbtk_platform _files
|
||||
|
||||
set number [$bp_event get number]
|
||||
set thread [$bp_event get thread]
|
||||
set disposition [$bp_event get disposition]
|
||||
set file [$bp_event get file]
|
||||
|
||||
if {$tracepoint} {
|
||||
set disposition tracepoint
|
||||
set bptype tracepoint
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
set bptype breakpoint
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
set found 0
|
||||
for {set i 1} {$i < $next_row} {incr i} {
|
||||
if { $number == $index_to_bpnum($i)
|
||||
&& "$Index_to_bptype($i)" == "$bptype"} {
|
||||
incr found
|
||||
break
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if {!$found} {
|
||||
debug "ERROR: breakpoint number $number not found!"
|
||||
return
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if {$_bp_en($i) != [$bp_event get enabled]} {
|
||||
set _bp_en($i) [$bp_event get enabled]
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if {$_bp_disp($i) != $disposition} {
|
||||
set _bp_disp($i) $disposition
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
switch $disposition {
|
||||
donttouch { set color [pref get gdb/src/bp_fg] }
|
||||
delete {
|
||||
set color [pref get gdb/src/temp_bp_fg]
|
||||
}
|
||||
tracepoint { set color [pref get gdb/src/trace_fg] }
|
||||
default { set color yellow}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if {$thread != "-1"} {set color [pref get gdb/src/thread_fg]}
|
||||
|
||||
if {$gdbtk_platform(platform) == "windows"} then {
|
||||
$twin.en$i configure -fg $color
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
$twin.en$i configure -selectcolor $color
|
||||
}
|
||||
if {$tracepoints} {
|
||||
$twin.num$i configure -text "$number "
|
||||
}
|
||||
$twin.addr$i configure -text "[gdb_CA_to_TAS [$bp_event get address]] "
|
||||
if {[info exists _files(short,$file)]} {
|
||||
set file $_files(short,$file)
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
# FIXME. Really need to do better than this.
|
||||
set file [::file tail $file]
|
||||
}
|
||||
if {$show_threads} {
|
||||
if {$thread == "-1"} {set thread "ALL"}
|
||||
$twin.thread$i configure -text "$thread "
|
||||
}
|
||||
$twin.file$i configure -text "$file "
|
||||
$twin.line$i configure -text "[$bp_event get line] "
|
||||
$twin.func$i configure -text "[$bp_event get function] "
|
||||
if {$tracepoints} {
|
||||
$twin.pass$i configure -text "[$bp_event get pass_count] "
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# METHOD: bp_able - enable/disable a breakpoint
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::body BpWin::bp_able { i } {
|
||||
global _bp_en
|
||||
|
||||
bp_select $i
|
||||
|
||||
switch $Index_to_bptype($i) {
|
||||
breakpoint {set type {}}
|
||||
tracepoint {set type "tracepoint"}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if {$_bp_en($i) == "1"} {
|
||||
set command "enable $type $temp($i) "
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
set command "disable $type "
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
append command "$index_to_bpnum($i)"
|
||||
gdb_cmd "$command"
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# METHOD: bp_remove - remove a breakpoint
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::body BpWin::bp_remove { i } {
|
||||
|
||||
bp_select $i
|
||||
|
||||
switch $Index_to_bptype($i) {
|
||||
breakpoint { set type {} }
|
||||
tracepoint { set type "tracepoint" }
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
gdb_cmd "delete $type $index_to_bpnum($i)"
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# METHOD: bp_type - change the breakpoint type (disposition)
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::body BpWin::bp_type { i } {
|
||||
|
||||
if {$Index_to_bptype($i) != "breakpoint"} {
|
||||
return
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
set bpnum $index_to_bpnum($i)
|
||||
#debug "bp_type $i $bpnum"
|
||||
set bpinfo [gdb_get_breakpoint_info $bpnum]
|
||||
lassign $bpinfo file func line pc type enabled disposition \
|
||||
ignore_count commands cond thread hit_count user_spec
|
||||
bp_select $i
|
||||
switch $disposition {
|
||||
delete {
|
||||
gdb_cmd "delete $bpnum"
|
||||
gdb_cmd "break *$pc"
|
||||
}
|
||||
donttouch {
|
||||
gdb_cmd "delete $bpnum"
|
||||
gdb_cmd "tbreak *$pc"
|
||||
}
|
||||
default { debug "Unknown breakpoint disposition: $disposition" }
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# METHOD: bp_delete - delete a breakpoint
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::body BpWin::bp_delete {bp_event} {
|
||||
set number [$bp_event get number]
|
||||
for {set i 1} {$i < $next_row} {incr i} {
|
||||
if { $number == $index_to_bpnum($i) } {
|
||||
if {$tracepoints} {
|
||||
grid forget $twin.en$i $twin.num$i $twin.addr$i $twin.file$i \
|
||||
$twin.line$i $twin.func$i $twin.pass$i
|
||||
destroy $twin.en$i $twin.num$i $twin.addr$i $twin.file$i \
|
||||
$twin.line$i $twin.func$i $twin.pass$i
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
if {$show_threads} {
|
||||
grid forget $twin.thread$i
|
||||
destroy $twin.thread$i
|
||||
}
|
||||
grid forget $twin.en$i $twin.addr$i $twin.file$i $twin.line$i $twin.func$i
|
||||
destroy $twin.en$i $twin.addr$i $twin.file$i $twin.line$i $twin.func$i
|
||||
}
|
||||
if {$selected == $i} {
|
||||
set selected 0
|
||||
}
|
||||
return
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# PUBLIC METHOD: breakpoint - Update widget when a breakpoint
|
||||
# event is received from the backend.
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::body BpWin::breakpoint {bp_event} {
|
||||
|
||||
set action [$bp_event get action]
|
||||
#debug "bp update $action [$bp_event get number] [$bp_event get type]"
|
||||
|
||||
switch $action {
|
||||
modify { bp_modify $bp_event 0 }
|
||||
create { bp_add $bp_event 0 }
|
||||
delete { bp_delete $bp_event }
|
||||
default { dbug E "Unknown breakpoint action: $action" }
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# METHOD: tracepoint - Update widget when a tracepoint event
|
||||
# is received from the backend.
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::body BpWin::tracepoint {tp_event} {
|
||||
|
||||
set action [$tp_event get action]
|
||||
#debug "tp update $action [$tp_event get number]"
|
||||
|
||||
switch $action {
|
||||
modify { bp_modify $tp_event 1 }
|
||||
create { bp_add $tp_event 1 }
|
||||
delete { bp_delete $tp_event }
|
||||
default { dbug E "Unknown tracepoint action: $action" }
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# METHOD: bp_all - perform a command on all breakpoints
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::body BpWin::bp_all { command } {
|
||||
|
||||
if {!$tracepoints} {
|
||||
# Do all breakpoints
|
||||
foreach bpnum [gdb_get_breakpoint_list] {
|
||||
if { $command == "enable"} {
|
||||
for {set i 1} {$i < $next_row} {incr i} {
|
||||
if { $bpnum == $index_to_bpnum($i)
|
||||
&& "$Index_to_bptype($i)" == "breakpoint"} {
|
||||
gdb_cmd "enable $temp($i) $bpnum"
|
||||
break
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
gdb_cmd "$command $bpnum"
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
# Do all tracepoints
|
||||
foreach bpnum [gdb_get_tracepoint_list] {
|
||||
if { $command == "enable"} {
|
||||
for {set i 1} {$i < $next_row} {incr i} {
|
||||
if { $bpnum == $index_to_bpnum($i)
|
||||
&& "$Index_to_bptype($i)" == "tracepoint"} {
|
||||
gdb_cmd "enable tracepoint $bpnum"
|
||||
break
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
gdb_cmd "$command tracepoint $bpnum"
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# METHOD: get_actions - pops up the add trace dialog on a selected
|
||||
# tracepoint
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::body BpWin::get_actions {bpnum} {
|
||||
set bpnum $index_to_bpnum($bpnum)
|
||||
set bpinfo [gdb_get_tracepoint_info $bpnum]
|
||||
lassign $bpinfo file func line pc enabled pass_count \
|
||||
step_count thread hit_count actions
|
||||
|
||||
set filename [::file tail $file]
|
||||
ManagedWin::open TraceDlg -File $filename -Lines $line
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# METHOD: toggle_threads - callback when show_threads is toggled
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::body BpWin::toggle_threads {} {
|
||||
set show_threads [pref get gdb/bp/show_threads]
|
||||
reconfig
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# METHOD: reconfig - used when preferences change
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::body BpWin::reconfig {} {
|
||||
if {[winfo exists $itk_interior.f]} { destroy $itk_interior.f }
|
||||
if {[winfo exists $itk_interior.m]} { destroy $itk_interior.m }
|
||||
if {[winfo exists $itk_interior.sbox]} { destroy $itk_interior.sbox }
|
||||
if {[winfo exists $itk_interior.sf]} { destroy $itk_interior.sf }
|
||||
if {[winfo exists $itk_interior.pop]} { destroy $itk_interior.pop }
|
||||
build_win
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# METHOD: goto_bp - show bp in source window
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::body BpWin::goto_bp {r} {
|
||||
set bpnum $index_to_bpnum($r)
|
||||
if {$tracepoints} {
|
||||
set bpinfo [gdb_get_tracepoint_info $bpnum]
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
set bpinfo [gdb_get_breakpoint_info $bpnum]
|
||||
}
|
||||
set pc [lindex $bpinfo 3]
|
||||
|
||||
SrcWin::choose_and_display BROWSE_TAG [gdb_loc *$pc]
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
|
|||
# Breakpoint window class definition for Insight
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 1997, 1998, 1999, 2001 Red Hat, Inc.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
# under the terms of the GNU General Public License (GPL) as published by
|
||||
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
|
||||
# your option) any later version.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
# GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
itcl::class BpWin {
|
||||
inherit EmbeddedWin GDBWin
|
||||
|
||||
public {
|
||||
variable tracepoints 0
|
||||
|
||||
method constructor {args}
|
||||
method destructor {}
|
||||
method bp_select {r}
|
||||
method bp_able { i }
|
||||
method bp_remove { i }
|
||||
method bp_restore {}
|
||||
method bp_store {}
|
||||
method bp_type { i }
|
||||
method bp_all { command }
|
||||
method get_actions {bpnum}
|
||||
method toggle_threads {}
|
||||
method reconfig {}
|
||||
method goto_bp {r}
|
||||
|
||||
# GDB Events
|
||||
method breakpoint {event}
|
||||
method tracepoint {event}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
private {
|
||||
variable twin
|
||||
variable next_row 0
|
||||
variable index_to_bpnum
|
||||
variable Index_to_bptype
|
||||
variable temp
|
||||
variable mbar 1
|
||||
variable selected 0
|
||||
variable bg1
|
||||
variable Menu
|
||||
variable show_threads ;#cached copy of [pref get gdb/bp/show_threads]
|
||||
|
||||
method build_win {}
|
||||
method bp_add {bp_event {tracepoint 0}}
|
||||
method bp_modify {bp_event {tracepoint 0}}
|
||||
method bp_delete {bp_event}
|
||||
method _select_and_popup {bp X Y}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,731 @@
|
|||
# Browswer window for Insight.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 1998, 1999, 2001, 2002, 2003 Red Hat, Inc.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
# under the terms of the GNU General Public License (GPL) as published by
|
||||
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
|
||||
# your option) any later version.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
# GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Implements Browser window for Insight
|
||||
#
|
||||
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
option add *BrowserWin.textBackground $::Colors(textbg)
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# CONSTRUCTOR - create new browser window
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::body BrowserWin::constructor {args} {
|
||||
debug
|
||||
#eval itk_initialize $args
|
||||
window_name "Function Browser"
|
||||
|
||||
set _layout [pref get gdb/browser/layout]
|
||||
set Current(filename) {}
|
||||
set Current(function) {}
|
||||
_build_win
|
||||
|
||||
eval itk_initialize $args
|
||||
add_hook file_changed_hook [code $this _fill_file_box]
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# DESTRUCTOR - destroy window containing widget
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::body BrowserWin::destructor {} {
|
||||
debug
|
||||
if {$filter_trace_after != ""} {
|
||||
after cancel $filter_trace_after
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
remove_hook file_changed_hook [code $this _fill_file_box]
|
||||
trace vdelete [pref varname gdb/search/last_symbol] \
|
||||
w [code $this _filter_trace_proc]
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# METHOD: _build_win - build the main browser window
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::body BrowserWin::_build_win {} {
|
||||
debug
|
||||
|
||||
# popup menu
|
||||
itk_component add popup {
|
||||
menu $itk_interior.pop -tearoff 0
|
||||
} {}
|
||||
set pop $itk_component(popup)
|
||||
$pop add command -label "Toggle Layout" -command [code $this _switch_layout]
|
||||
$pop add command -label "Help" -command "open_help browser.html"
|
||||
$pop add separator
|
||||
$pop add command -label "Close" -command "destroy [winfo toplevel $itk_interior]"
|
||||
bind [winfo toplevel $itk_interior] <3> "tk_popup $itk_component(popup) %X %Y"
|
||||
|
||||
# Four Main Frames: filter, files, functions, and view (source)
|
||||
# Their layout depends on _layout
|
||||
|
||||
if {$_layout == 1} {
|
||||
set p [cyg::panedwindow $itk_interior.p -orient vertical -height 5i \
|
||||
-width 5i]
|
||||
$p add left
|
||||
set p2 [cyg::panedwindow [$p childsite left].p]
|
||||
|
||||
$p2 add file
|
||||
_build_file_frame [$p2 childsite file]
|
||||
|
||||
$p2 add filter
|
||||
set f [frame [$p2 childsite filter].f]
|
||||
_build_filter_frame $f
|
||||
_build_function_frame $f
|
||||
pack $f -fill both -expand yes
|
||||
pack $p2 -fill both -expand yes
|
||||
|
||||
$p add view
|
||||
_build_view_frame [$p childsite view]
|
||||
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
set p [cyg::panedwindow $itk_interior.p -height 5i -width 5i]
|
||||
$p add top
|
||||
set f [frame [$p childsite top].f]
|
||||
_build_filter_frame $f
|
||||
|
||||
set browser [cyg::panedwindow $f.p -orient vertical]
|
||||
$browser add file
|
||||
_build_file_frame [$browser childsite file]
|
||||
$browser add function
|
||||
_build_function_frame [$browser childsite function]
|
||||
|
||||
pack $browser -fill both -expand yes
|
||||
pack $f -fill both -expand yes
|
||||
|
||||
$p add view
|
||||
_build_view_frame [$p childsite view]
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# Fill file box
|
||||
_fill_file_box
|
||||
|
||||
pack $p -fill both -expand yes
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# METHOD: _filter_trace_proc
|
||||
# This is called when something is entered in the filter
|
||||
# box. The actual filtering is done in an after to avoid
|
||||
# flashing too much if the user is typing quickly.
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::body BrowserWin::_filter_trace_proc {v1 v2 mode} {
|
||||
if {$filter_trace_after != ""} {
|
||||
after cancel $filter_trace_after
|
||||
}
|
||||
set filter_trace_after [after 100 [code $this _filter_trace_after]]
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# METHOD: _filter_trace_after
|
||||
# This is a wrapper around search, needed to pass to trace
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::body BrowserWin::_filter_trace_after {} {
|
||||
set filter_trace_after ""
|
||||
search
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# METHOD: _search_src
|
||||
# Search for text or jump to a specific line
|
||||
# in source window, going in the specified DIRECTION.
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::body BrowserWin::_search_src {direction} {
|
||||
set exp [$itk_component(view_search) get]
|
||||
$itk_component(view_src) search $exp $direction
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# METHOD: search
|
||||
# Search for functions matching regexp/pattern
|
||||
# in specified files
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::body BrowserWin::search {} {
|
||||
|
||||
set files [$itk_component(file_box) getcurselection]
|
||||
|
||||
if {[llength $files] == 0} {
|
||||
return
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
_freeze_me
|
||||
|
||||
set filt_pat [format $filter_regexp($cur_filter_mode) \
|
||||
[pref get gdb/search/last_symbol]]
|
||||
|
||||
if {[llength $files] == [$itk_component(file_box) size]} {
|
||||
set err [catch {gdb_search functions $filt_pat \
|
||||
-filename 1} matches]
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
set err [catch {gdb_search functions $filt_pat \
|
||||
-files $files -filename 1} matches]
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if {$err} {
|
||||
debug "ERROR searching for [pref get gdb/search/last_symbol]: $matches"
|
||||
_thaw_me
|
||||
return
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
$itk_component(func_box) delete 0 end
|
||||
|
||||
set i -1
|
||||
catch {unset index_to_file}
|
||||
|
||||
foreach func [lsort -command "list_element_strcmp 0" $matches] {
|
||||
$itk_component(func_box) insert end [lindex $func 0]
|
||||
set index_to_file([incr i]) [lindex $func 1]
|
||||
}
|
||||
_thaw_me
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# METHOD: _process_file_selection
|
||||
# This fills the func combo, and the more window if it
|
||||
# is currently open with the hit in the File combobox.
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::body BrowserWin::_process_file_selection {y} {
|
||||
|
||||
set curIndex [$itk_component(file_box) nearest $y]
|
||||
set curSelection [$itk_component(file_box) curselection]
|
||||
|
||||
# We got a button-release - First make sure the click selected the item...
|
||||
|
||||
if {[lsearch $curIndex $curSelection] >= 0} {
|
||||
_fill_source [$itk_component(file_box) get $curIndex] 0
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
# If the item was deselected, go back to the first one in the list...
|
||||
# It would be better to keep a stack of the clicked items, and go to the
|
||||
# last one on the stack. But in extended mode, this is tricky. FIXME
|
||||
|
||||
if {[llength $curSelection] > 0} {
|
||||
_fill_source [$itk_component(file_box) get [lindex $curSelection 0]] 0
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
_fill_source ""
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
search
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# METHOD: _process_func_selection
|
||||
# This points the more window to the hit in the Func combobox
|
||||
# if it is currently open.
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::body BrowserWin::_process_func_selection {y} {
|
||||
|
||||
set curIndex [$itk_component(func_box) nearest $y]
|
||||
set curSelection [$itk_component(func_box) curselection]
|
||||
|
||||
# We got a button-release - First make sure the click selected the item...
|
||||
|
||||
if {[lsearch $curIndex $curSelection] >= 0} {
|
||||
set funcName [$itk_component(func_box) get $curIndex]
|
||||
set fileName $index_to_file($curIndex)
|
||||
_fill_source $funcName 1 $fileName
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# METHOD: do_all_bp
|
||||
# Toggle a bp at every selected function in FuncLB
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::body BrowserWin::do_all_bp {onp} {
|
||||
|
||||
set funcs [$itk_component(func_box) getcurselection]
|
||||
_freeze_me
|
||||
|
||||
foreach f $funcs {
|
||||
if {[catch {gdb_loc $f} linespec]} {
|
||||
dbug W "Could not gdb_loc \"$f\""
|
||||
return
|
||||
}
|
||||
set bpnum [bp_exists $linespec]
|
||||
if {$bpnum == -1 && $onp} {
|
||||
|
||||
# FIXME: gdb_set_bp is the preferred method, but it requires
|
||||
# a file and line number. This doesn't work very well for
|
||||
# templates...
|
||||
gdb_cmd "break $f"
|
||||
} elseif {!$onp} {
|
||||
catch {gdb_cmd "delete $bpnum"}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
_thaw_me
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# METHOD: _toggle_bp
|
||||
# Toggle bp at function specified by the given Y
|
||||
# coordinate in the listbox
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::body BrowserWin::_toggle_bp {y} {
|
||||
|
||||
set f [$itk_component(func_box) get [$itk_component(func_box) nearest $y]]
|
||||
if {$f != ""} {
|
||||
if {[catch {gdb_loc $f} linespec]} {
|
||||
return
|
||||
}
|
||||
set bpnum [bp_exists $linespec]
|
||||
if {$bpnum == -1} {
|
||||
# FIXME: gdb_set_bp is the preferred method, but it requires
|
||||
# a file and line number. This doesn't work very well for
|
||||
# templates...
|
||||
gdb_cmd "break $f"
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
catch {gdb_cmd "delete $bpnum"}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# METHOD: _select
|
||||
# Un/Highlight all files in the files list
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::body BrowserWin::_select {highlight} {
|
||||
if {$highlight} {
|
||||
$itk_component(file_box) selection set 0 end
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
$itk_component(file_box) selection clear 0 end
|
||||
}
|
||||
search
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# METHOD: _set_filter_mode
|
||||
# React to changes in the filter mode
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::body BrowserWin::_set_filter_mode {w mode} {
|
||||
if {[string compare $mode $cur_filter_mode] != 0} {
|
||||
set cur_filter_mode $mode
|
||||
pref set gdb/search/filter_mode $mode
|
||||
search
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# METHOD: _file_hide_h
|
||||
# Run when the "Hide .h files" preference is chosen.
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::body BrowserWin::_file_hide_h {} {
|
||||
_fill_file_box
|
||||
search
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# METHOD: _fill_source
|
||||
# Helper function to fill the srctextwin
|
||||
# when needed.
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::body BrowserWin::_fill_source {f {funcp 1} {filename ""}} {
|
||||
if {($funcp && [string compare $f $Current(function)]) \
|
||||
|| [string compare $f $Current(filename)]} {
|
||||
if {!$funcp} {
|
||||
if {$filename == ""} {
|
||||
set f $f:1
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
set f $f:$filename
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if {[catch {gdb_loc $f} linespec]} {
|
||||
return
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
lassign $linespec foo funcname name line addr pc_addr lib
|
||||
set file_changed [string compare $Current(filename) $name]
|
||||
|
||||
if {$file_changed} {
|
||||
# Set the file name label:
|
||||
$itk_component(view_name) configure -text $name:
|
||||
_freeze_me
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# fill srctextwin
|
||||
$itk_component(view_src) location BROWSE_TAG $name $funcname \
|
||||
$line $addr $pc_addr lib
|
||||
|
||||
if {$file_changed} {
|
||||
_thaw_me
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
set Current(function) $funcname
|
||||
# fill func combo
|
||||
if {$file_changed} {
|
||||
set Current(filename) $name
|
||||
_fill_funcs_combo $name
|
||||
}
|
||||
# Set current function in combo box
|
||||
$itk_component(view_func) entryset $f
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# METHOD: mode
|
||||
# Function called by srctextwin when the display
|
||||
# mode changes
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::body BrowserWin::mode {w {mode ""} {go 1}} {
|
||||
if {$mode != ""} {
|
||||
$itk_component(view_src) mode_set $mode $go
|
||||
$itk_component(view_mode) entryset $mode
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# METHOD: _goto_func
|
||||
# Callback for the function combo box which
|
||||
# sets the srctextwin looking at the given function (VAL)
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::body BrowserWin::_goto_func {w {val ""}} {
|
||||
if {$val != ""} {
|
||||
set mang 0
|
||||
if {[info exists _mangled_func($val)]} {
|
||||
set mang $_mangled_func($val)
|
||||
}
|
||||
if {$mang} {
|
||||
set loc $val
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
set fn [lindex [::file split $Current(filename)] end]
|
||||
set loc $fn:$val
|
||||
}
|
||||
debug "GOTO \"$loc\""
|
||||
if {![catch {gdb_loc $loc} result]} {
|
||||
lassign $result foo funcname name line addr pc_addr lib
|
||||
$itk_component(view_src) location BROWSE_TAG $name $funcname \
|
||||
$line $addr $pc_addr lib
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
dbug W "gdb_loc returned \"$result\""
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# METHOD: _fill_file_box
|
||||
# This private method fills the file listbox
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::body BrowserWin::_fill_file_box {} {
|
||||
# It would be cool if gdb_listfiles took a regexp to match,
|
||||
# but it doesn't...
|
||||
|
||||
$itk_component(file_box) clear
|
||||
set allFiles [gdb_listfiles]
|
||||
|
||||
if {[pref get gdb/browser/hide_h]} {
|
||||
foreach file $allFiles {
|
||||
if {[string compare [file extension $file] ".h"]} {
|
||||
$itk_component(file_box) insert end $file
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
foreach file $allFiles {
|
||||
$itk_component(file_box) insert end $file
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
search
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# METHOD: _fill_funcs_combo
|
||||
# This private method fills the functions combo box
|
||||
# with all the functions in NAME.
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::body BrowserWin::_fill_funcs_combo {name} {
|
||||
|
||||
$itk_component(view_func) list delete 0 end
|
||||
if {$name != ""} {
|
||||
set maxlen 10
|
||||
if {[catch {gdb_listfuncs $name} listfuncs]} {
|
||||
tk_messageBox -icon error -default ok \
|
||||
-title "GDB" -type ok \
|
||||
-message "This file can not be found or does not contain\ndebugging information."
|
||||
return
|
||||
}
|
||||
foreach f [lsort $listfuncs] {
|
||||
lassign $f func mang
|
||||
if {$func == "global constructors keyed to main"} {continue}
|
||||
set _mangled_func($func) $mang
|
||||
$itk_component(view_func) list insert end $func
|
||||
if {[string length $func] > $maxlen} {
|
||||
set maxlen [string length $func]
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
# limit size to 40 chars because if we don't set a reasonable limit
|
||||
# then the combobox can be wider than the screen
|
||||
if {$maxlen > 40} {set maxlen 40}
|
||||
|
||||
$itk_component(view_func) configure -width [expr {$maxlen + 1}]
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# METHOD: _build_filter_frame
|
||||
# This private method builds the filter frame
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::body BrowserWin::_build_filter_frame {parent} {
|
||||
|
||||
itk_component add filter {
|
||||
iwidgets::labeledframe $parent.filter -labeltext "Function Filter" \
|
||||
-relief groove -borderwidth 2 -ipadx 6 -ipady 4
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# Set up the contents of the Filter frame
|
||||
if {$_layout == 2} {
|
||||
itk_component add filt_label {
|
||||
label [$itk_component(filter) childsite].lbl -text "Show if function " \
|
||||
-font global/fixed
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
itk_component add filt_type {
|
||||
combobox::combobox [$itk_component(filter) childsite].type -height 4 \
|
||||
-width 15 -editable 0 \
|
||||
-command [code $this _set_filter_mode] \
|
||||
-font global/fixed
|
||||
} {
|
||||
rename -background -textbackground textBackground Background
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# Fill the filter mode combo-box
|
||||
foreach elem $filter_modes {
|
||||
$itk_component(filt_type) list insert end $elem
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
set cur_filter_mode [pref get gdb/search/filter_mode]
|
||||
if {[lsearch $filter_modes $cur_filter_mode] < 0} {
|
||||
set cur_filter_mode [lindex $filter_modes 0]
|
||||
}
|
||||
$itk_component(filt_type) entryset $cur_filter_mode
|
||||
|
||||
itk_component add filt_entry {
|
||||
entry [$itk_component(filter) childsite].ent -font global/fixed \
|
||||
-textvariable [pref varname gdb/search/last_symbol]
|
||||
} {}
|
||||
bind_plain_key $itk_component(filt_entry) Return [list $this search]
|
||||
|
||||
# Watch keystrokes into the entry box and filter on them...
|
||||
trace variable [pref varname gdb/search/last_symbol] w \
|
||||
[code $this _filter_trace_proc]
|
||||
|
||||
if {$_layout == 2} {
|
||||
pack $itk_component(filt_label) -side left
|
||||
}
|
||||
pack $itk_component(filt_type) -side left -padx 4 -fill y -pady 5
|
||||
pack $itk_component(filt_entry) -side right -fill both -expand 1 \
|
||||
-padx 6 -pady 5
|
||||
|
||||
pack $itk_component(filter) -fill x -anchor n -pady 3
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# METHOD: _build_file_frame
|
||||
# This private method builds the files frame
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::body BrowserWin::_build_file_frame {parent} {
|
||||
|
||||
# Labeled Frame
|
||||
itk_component add file_frame {
|
||||
iwidgets::labeledframe $parent.file -labeltext "Files" \
|
||||
-relief groove -borderwidth 2 -ipadx 6 -ipady 4
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# Listbox with files
|
||||
itk_component add file_box {
|
||||
iwidgets::scrolledlistbox [$itk_component(file_frame) childsite].listbox \
|
||||
-selectmode extended -exportselection false \
|
||||
-hscrollmode dynamic -vscrollmode dynamic -foreground $::Colors(textfg) \
|
||||
-textbackground $::Colors(textbg)
|
||||
} {}
|
||||
|
||||
bind [$itk_component(file_box) component listbox] <ButtonRelease-1> \
|
||||
[code $this _process_file_selection %y]
|
||||
|
||||
itk_component add file_sep {
|
||||
frame [$itk_component(file_frame) childsite].sep -relief raised -height 2 \
|
||||
-borderwidth 1
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
itk_component add file_hide {
|
||||
checkbutton [$itk_component(file_frame) childsite].hide \
|
||||
-text "Hide .h files" \
|
||||
-variable [pref varname gdb/browser/hide_h] \
|
||||
-command [code $this _file_hide_h]
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
itk_component add file_all {
|
||||
button [$itk_component(file_frame) childsite].sel \
|
||||
-text "Select All" \
|
||||
-command [code $this _select 1]
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# pack all the pieces
|
||||
grid $itk_component(file_box) -column 0 -row 0 -columnspan 2 \
|
||||
-sticky news
|
||||
grid $itk_component(file_sep) -column 0 -row 1 -columnspan 2 \
|
||||
-sticky ew -pady 8
|
||||
grid $itk_component(file_hide) -column 0 -row 2 -padx 5 -sticky w
|
||||
grid $itk_component(file_all) -column 1 -row 2 -padx 5 -sticky e
|
||||
|
||||
grid columnconfigure [$itk_component(file_frame) childsite] 0 -weight 1
|
||||
grid rowconfigure [$itk_component(file_frame) childsite] 0 -weight 1
|
||||
|
||||
# finally pack the main frame
|
||||
pack $itk_component(file_frame) -side left -fill both -expand yes
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# METHOD: _build_function_frame
|
||||
# This private method builds the functions frame
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::body BrowserWin::_build_function_frame {parent} {
|
||||
|
||||
# Labeled Frame
|
||||
itk_component add func_frame {
|
||||
iwidgets::labeledframe $parent.file -labeltext "Function" \
|
||||
-relief groove -borderwidth 2 -ipadx 6 -ipady 4
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# Functions Listbox
|
||||
itk_component add func_box {
|
||||
iwidgets::scrolledlistbox [$itk_component(func_frame) childsite].listbox \
|
||||
-selectmode extended -hscrollmode dynamic -vscrollmode dynamic \
|
||||
-exportselection false -foreground $::Colors(textfg) \
|
||||
-textbackground $::Colors(textbg)
|
||||
} {}
|
||||
|
||||
bind [$itk_component(func_box) component listbox] <ButtonRelease-1> \
|
||||
[code $this _process_func_selection %y]
|
||||
bind $itk_component(func_box) <3> [code $this _toggle_bp %y]
|
||||
|
||||
itk_component add func_sep {
|
||||
frame [$itk_component(func_frame) childsite].sep -relief raised \
|
||||
-height 2 -borderwidth 1
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
itk_component add func_add_bp {
|
||||
button [$itk_component(func_frame) childsite].abp -text "Set BP" \
|
||||
-command [code $this do_all_bp 1]
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
itk_component add func_remove_bp {
|
||||
button [$itk_component(func_frame) childsite].rbp -text "Delete BP" \
|
||||
-command [code $this do_all_bp 0]
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# pack all the pieces
|
||||
grid $itk_component(func_box) -column 0 -row 0 -columnspan 2 -sticky news
|
||||
grid $itk_component(func_sep) -row 1 -column 0 -columnspan 2 \
|
||||
-sticky ew -pady 8
|
||||
grid $itk_component(func_remove_bp) -row 2 -column 0 -padx 5 -sticky w
|
||||
grid $itk_component(func_add_bp) -row 2 -column 1 -padx 5 -sticky e
|
||||
|
||||
grid columnconfigure [$itk_component(func_frame) childsite] 0 -weight 1
|
||||
grid rowconfigure [$itk_component(func_frame) childsite] 0 -weight 1
|
||||
|
||||
# finally pack the main frame
|
||||
pack $itk_component(func_frame) -fill both -expand yes
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# METHOD: _build_view_frame
|
||||
# This private method builds the view frame
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::body BrowserWin::_build_view_frame {parent} {
|
||||
itk_component add view {
|
||||
frame $parent.view
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
itk_component add view_src {
|
||||
SrcTextWin $itk_component(view).src -Tracing 0 \
|
||||
-parent $this -ignore_var_balloons 0
|
||||
} {
|
||||
rename -background -textbackground textBackground Background
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
itk_component add view_bottom {
|
||||
frame $itk_component(view).bottom
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
itk_component add view_name {
|
||||
label $itk_component(view).name -font global/fixed
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
itk_component add view_func {
|
||||
combobox::combobox $itk_component(view_bottom).combo -maxheight 15\
|
||||
-font global/fixed -command [code $this _goto_func]
|
||||
} {
|
||||
rename -background -textbackground textBackground Background
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
itk_component add view_mode {
|
||||
combobox::combobox $itk_component(view_bottom).mode -width 9 \
|
||||
-font global/fixed -command [code $this mode]
|
||||
} {
|
||||
rename -background -textbackground textBackground Background
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
itk_component add view_search {
|
||||
entry $itk_component(view_bottom).search -borderwidth 2 \
|
||||
-font global/fixed -width 10 -background $::Colors(textbg)
|
||||
} {}
|
||||
|
||||
# Pack all the components of view into the frame:
|
||||
pack $itk_component(view_func) -side left -anchor w
|
||||
pack $itk_component(view_mode) -side left -padx 5
|
||||
pack $itk_component(view_search) -side right -padx 5 -expand 1 -anchor e
|
||||
pack $itk_component(view_name) -side top -fill x -padx 5 -pady 3
|
||||
pack $itk_component(view_bottom) -side bottom -fill x -pady 3 -padx 5
|
||||
pack $itk_component(view_src) -fill both -expand 1 -padx 5 -pady 3
|
||||
|
||||
# Fill combo boxes
|
||||
$itk_component(view_mode) list insert end SOURCE
|
||||
$itk_component(view_mode) list insert end ASSEMBLY
|
||||
$itk_component(view_mode) list insert end MIXED
|
||||
# don't allow SRC+ASM mode... $itk_component(view_mode) insert end SRC+ASM
|
||||
$itk_component(view_mode) entryset [$itk_component(view_src) mode_get]
|
||||
|
||||
# Key bindings
|
||||
bind_plain_key $itk_component(view_search) Return \
|
||||
[code $this _search_src forwards]
|
||||
bind_plain_key $itk_component(view_search) Shift-Return \
|
||||
[code $this _search_src backwards]
|
||||
|
||||
pack $itk_component(view) -fill both -expand yes
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# METHOD: _switch_layout
|
||||
# Switch between different layouts
|
||||
#
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::body BrowserWin::_switch_layout {} {
|
||||
# only 2 right now, so toggle
|
||||
if {$_layout == 1} {
|
||||
set _layout 2
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
set _layout 1
|
||||
}
|
||||
pref set gdb/browser/layout $_layout
|
||||
destroy $itk_interior.p
|
||||
destroy $itk_component(popup)
|
||||
set Current(filename) {}
|
||||
set Current(function) {}
|
||||
if {$filter_trace_after != ""} {
|
||||
after cancel $filter_trace_after
|
||||
}
|
||||
trace vdelete [pref varname gdb/search/last_symbol] \
|
||||
w [code $this _filter_trace_proc]
|
||||
_build_win
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
|
|||
# Browser window class definition for Insight.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 1998, 1999, 2003 Red Hat, Inc.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
# under the terms of the GNU General Public License (GPL) as published by
|
||||
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
|
||||
# your option) any later version.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
# GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
itcl::class BrowserWin {
|
||||
inherit EmbeddedWin
|
||||
|
||||
public {
|
||||
method constructor {args}
|
||||
method destructor {}
|
||||
method mode {w {mode ""} {go 1}}
|
||||
method search {}
|
||||
method test_get {var}
|
||||
method do_all_bp {onp}
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
private {
|
||||
method _build_win {}
|
||||
method _file_hide_h {}
|
||||
method _fill_file_box {}
|
||||
method _fill_funcs_combo {name}
|
||||
method _fill_source {f {funcp 1} {filename ""}}
|
||||
method _filter_trace_proc {v1 v2 mode}
|
||||
method _filter_trace_after {}
|
||||
method _goto_func {w {val ""}}
|
||||
method _process_file_selection {y}
|
||||
method _process_func_selection {y}
|
||||
method _search_src {direction}
|
||||
method _select {highlight}
|
||||
method _set_filter_mode {w mode}
|
||||
method _toggle_bp {y}
|
||||
method _build_filter_frame {parent}
|
||||
method _build_file_frame {parent}
|
||||
method _build_function_frame {parent}
|
||||
method _build_view_frame {parent}
|
||||
method _switch_layout
|
||||
|
||||
variable cur_filter_mode
|
||||
variable Current;
|
||||
variable labelUpdateCode ""
|
||||
variable index_to_file
|
||||
variable _mangled_func
|
||||
variable filter_trace_after ""
|
||||
variable _layout
|
||||
|
||||
common componentToRow
|
||||
array set componentToRow {
|
||||
filter 0
|
||||
browser 1
|
||||
view 2
|
||||
view_hidden 3
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
common filter_modes [list "starts with" \
|
||||
"contains" \
|
||||
"ends with" \
|
||||
"matches regexp"]
|
||||
common filter_regexp
|
||||
array set filter_regexp {
|
||||
"starts with" ^%s
|
||||
"contains" %s
|
||||
"ends with" %s$
|
||||
"matches regexp" %s
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,747 @@
|
|||
# Console window for Insight
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003 Red Hat, Inc.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
# under the terms of the GNU General Public License (GPL) as published by
|
||||
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
|
||||
# your option) any later version.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
# GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
itcl::body Console::constructor {args} {
|
||||
global gdbtk_state
|
||||
window_name "Console Window"
|
||||
|
||||
debug "$args"
|
||||
_build_win
|
||||
eval itk_initialize $args
|
||||
add_hook gdb_no_inferior_hook [list $this idle dummy]
|
||||
|
||||
# There are a bunch of console prefs that have no UI
|
||||
# for the user to modify them. In the event that the user
|
||||
# really wants to change them, they will have to be modified
|
||||
# in prefs.tcl or by editing .gdbtkinit. When these prefs
|
||||
# gain a prefs UI, the user may change them dynamically
|
||||
# and the console window will need notification that they
|
||||
# have changed. Add them to the following list and
|
||||
# Console::_update_option.
|
||||
foreach option {gdb/console/wrap} {
|
||||
pref add_hook $option [code $this _update_option]
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
set gdbtk_state(console) $this
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
itcl::body Console::destructor {} {
|
||||
global gdbtk_state
|
||||
set gdbtk_state(console) ""
|
||||
remove_hook gdb_no_inferior_hook [list $this idle dummy]
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
itcl::body Console::_build_win {} {
|
||||
iwidgets::scrolledtext $itk_interior.stext \
|
||||
-vscrollmode dynamic -textbackground white
|
||||
|
||||
set _twin [$itk_interior.stext component text]
|
||||
|
||||
_set_wrap [pref get gdb/console/wrap]
|
||||
|
||||
$_twin tag configure prompt_tag -foreground [pref get gdb/console/prompt_fg]
|
||||
$_twin tag configure err_tag -foreground [pref get gdb/console/error_fg]
|
||||
$_twin tag configure log_tag -foreground [pref get gdb/console/log_fg]
|
||||
$_twin tag configure target_tag -foreground [pref get gdb/console/target_fg]
|
||||
$_twin configure -font [pref get gdb/console/font] \
|
||||
-bg $::Colors(textbg) -fg $::Colors(textfg)
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# bind editing keys for console window
|
||||
#
|
||||
bind $_twin <Return> "$this invoke; break"
|
||||
bind_plain_key $_twin Control-m "$this invoke; break"
|
||||
bind_plain_key $_twin Control-j "$this invoke; break"
|
||||
|
||||
# History control.
|
||||
bind_plain_key $_twin Control-p "[code $this _previous]; break"
|
||||
bind $_twin <Up> "[code $this _previous]; break"
|
||||
bind_plain_key $_twin Control-n "[code $this _next]; break"
|
||||
bind $_twin <Down> "[code $this _next]; break"
|
||||
bind $_twin <Meta-less> "[code $this _first]; break"
|
||||
bind $_twin <Home> "[code $this _first]; break"
|
||||
bind $_twin <Meta-greater> "[code $this _last]; break"
|
||||
bind $_twin <End> "[code $this _last]; break"
|
||||
bind_plain_key $_twin Control-o "[code $this _operate_and_get_next]; break"
|
||||
|
||||
# Tab completion
|
||||
bind_plain_key $_twin KeyPress-Tab "[code $this _complete]; break"
|
||||
|
||||
# Don't let left arrow or ^B go over the prompt
|
||||
bind_plain_key $_twin Control-b {
|
||||
if {[%W compare insert <= {cmdmark + 1 char}]} {
|
||||
break
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
bind $_twin <Left> [bind $_twin <Control-b>]
|
||||
|
||||
# Don't let Control-h, Delete, or Backspace back up over the prompt.
|
||||
bind_plain_key $_twin Control-h "[code $this _delete]; break"
|
||||
|
||||
bind $_twin <BackSpace> "[code $this _delete]; break"
|
||||
|
||||
bind $_twin <Delete> "[code $this _delete 1]; break"
|
||||
|
||||
# Control-a moves to start of line.
|
||||
bind_plain_key $_twin Control-a {
|
||||
%W mark set insert {cmdmark + 1 char}
|
||||
%W see {insert linestart}
|
||||
break
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# Control-u deletes to start of line.
|
||||
bind_plain_key $_twin Control-u {
|
||||
%W delete {cmdmark + 1 char} insert
|
||||
%W see {insert linestart}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# Control-w deletes previous word.
|
||||
bind_plain_key $_twin Control-w {
|
||||
if {[%W compare {insert -1c wordstart} > cmdmark]} {
|
||||
%W delete {insert -1c wordstart} insert
|
||||
%W see insert
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bind $_twin <Control-Up> "[code $this _search_history]; break"
|
||||
bind $_twin <Shift-Up> "[code $this _search_history]; break"
|
||||
bind $_twin <Control-Down> "[code $this _rsearch_history]; break"
|
||||
bind $_twin <Shift-Down> "[code $this _rsearch_history]; break"
|
||||
|
||||
# Don't allow key motion to move insertion point outside the command
|
||||
# area. This is done by fixing up the insertion point after any key
|
||||
# movement. We only need to do this after events we do not
|
||||
# explicitly override. Note that since the edit line is always the
|
||||
# last line, we can't possibly go past it, so we don't bother
|
||||
# checking that. Note also that we check for a binding which is
|
||||
# simply `;'; this lets us handle keys already bound via
|
||||
# bind_plain_key.
|
||||
foreach event [bind Text] {
|
||||
if {[string match *Key* $event]
|
||||
&& ([bind $_twin $event] == ""
|
||||
|| [bind $_twin $event] == ";")} {
|
||||
bind $_twin $event [bind Text $event]
|
||||
bind $_twin $event {+
|
||||
if {[%W compare insert <= {cmdmark + 1 char}]} {
|
||||
%W mark set insert {cmdmark + 1 char}
|
||||
}
|
||||
break
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# Don't allow mouse to put cursor outside command line. For some
|
||||
# events we do this by noticing when the cursor is outside the
|
||||
# range, and then saving the insertion point. For others we notice
|
||||
# the saved insertion point.
|
||||
set pretag pre-$_twin
|
||||
bind $_twin <1> [format {
|
||||
if {[%%W compare [tk::TextClosestGap %%W %%x %%y] <= cmdmark]} {
|
||||
%s _insertion [%%W index insert]
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
%s _insertion {}
|
||||
}
|
||||
} $this $this]
|
||||
bind $_twin <B1-Motion> [format {
|
||||
if {[%s _insertion] != ""} {
|
||||
%%W mark set insert [%s _insertion]
|
||||
}
|
||||
} $this $this $this]
|
||||
# FIXME: has inside information.
|
||||
bind $_twin <ButtonRelease-1> [format {
|
||||
tk::CancelRepeat
|
||||
if {[%s _insertion] != ""} {
|
||||
%%W mark set insert [%s _insertion]
|
||||
}
|
||||
%s _insertion {}
|
||||
break
|
||||
} $this $this $this]
|
||||
|
||||
# Don't allow inserting text outside the command line. FIXME:
|
||||
# requires inside information.
|
||||
# Also make it a little easier to paste by making the button
|
||||
# drags a little "fuzzy".
|
||||
bind $_twin <B2-Motion> {
|
||||
if {!$tk_strictMotif} {
|
||||
if {($tk::Priv(x) - 2 < %x < $tk::Priv(x) + 2) \
|
||||
|| ($tk::Priv(y) - 2 < %y < $tk::Priv(y) + 2)} {
|
||||
set tk::Priv(mouseMoved) 1
|
||||
}
|
||||
if {$tk::Priv(mouseMoved)} {
|
||||
%W scan dragto %x %y
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
break
|
||||
}
|
||||
bind $_twin <ButtonRelease-2> [format {
|
||||
if {!$tk::Priv(mouseMoved) || $tk_strictMotif} {
|
||||
%s
|
||||
break
|
||||
}
|
||||
} [code $this _paste 1]]
|
||||
bind $_twin <<Paste>> "[code $this _paste 0]; break"
|
||||
bind $_twin <<PasteSelection>> "[code $this _paste 0]; break"
|
||||
bind_plain_key $_twin Control-c "event generate $_twin <<Copy>>"
|
||||
bind_plain_key $_twin Control-v "[code $this _paste 1]; break"
|
||||
|
||||
_setprompt
|
||||
pack $itk_interior.stext -expand yes -fill both
|
||||
|
||||
focus $_twin
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
itcl::body Console::idle {event} {
|
||||
set _running 0
|
||||
$_top configure -cursor {}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# METHOD: busy - busy event handler
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::body Console::busy {event} {
|
||||
set _running 1
|
||||
$_top configure -cursor watch
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# METHOD: insert - insert new text in the text widget
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::body Console::insert {line {tag ""}} {
|
||||
if {$_needNL} {
|
||||
$_twin insert {insert linestart} "\n"
|
||||
}
|
||||
# Remove all \r characters from line.
|
||||
set line [join [split $line \r] {}]
|
||||
$_twin insert {insert -1 line lineend} $line $tag
|
||||
|
||||
set nlines [lindex [split [$_twin index end] .] 0]
|
||||
if {$nlines > $throttle} {
|
||||
set delta [expr {$nlines - $throttle}]
|
||||
$_twin delete 1.0 ${delta}.0
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
$_twin see insert
|
||||
set _needNL 0
|
||||
::update idletasks
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# NAME: ConsoleWin::_operate_and_get_next
|
||||
# DESCRIPTION: Invokes the current command and, if this
|
||||
# command came from the history, arrange for
|
||||
# the next history command to be inserted once this
|
||||
# command is finished.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# ARGUMENTS: None
|
||||
# RETURNS: Nothing
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::body Console::_operate_and_get_next {} {
|
||||
if {$_histElement >= 0} {
|
||||
# _pendingHistElement will be used after the new history element
|
||||
# is pushed. So we must increment it.
|
||||
set _pendingHistElement [expr {$_histElement + 1}]
|
||||
}
|
||||
invoke
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#-------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# METHOD: _previous - recall the previous command
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::body Console::_previous {} {
|
||||
if {$_histElement == -1} {
|
||||
# Save partial command.
|
||||
set _partialCommand [$_twin get {cmdmark + 1 char} {cmdmark lineend}]
|
||||
}
|
||||
incr _histElement
|
||||
set text [lindex $_history $_histElement]
|
||||
if {$text == ""} {
|
||||
# No dice.
|
||||
incr _histElement -1
|
||||
# FIXME flash window.
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
$_twin delete {cmdmark + 1 char} {cmdmark lineend}
|
||||
$_twin insert {cmdmark + 1 char} $text
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#-------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# METHOD: _search_history - search history for match
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::body Console::_search_history {} {
|
||||
set str [$_twin get {cmdmark + 1 char} {cmdmark lineend}]
|
||||
|
||||
if {$_histElement == -1} {
|
||||
# Save partial command.
|
||||
set _partialCommand $str
|
||||
set ix [lsearch $_history ${str}*]
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
set str $_partialCommand
|
||||
set num [expr $_histElement + 1]
|
||||
set ix [lsearch [lrange $_history $num end] ${str}*]
|
||||
incr ix $num
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
set text [lindex $_history $ix]
|
||||
if {$text != ""} {
|
||||
set _histElement $ix
|
||||
$_twin delete {cmdmark + 1 char} {cmdmark lineend}
|
||||
$_twin insert {cmdmark + 1 char} $text
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#-------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# METHOD: _rsearch_history - search history in reverse for match
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::body Console::_rsearch_history {} {
|
||||
if {$_histElement != -1} {
|
||||
set str $_partialCommand
|
||||
set num [expr $_histElement - 1]
|
||||
set ix $num
|
||||
while {$ix >= 0} {
|
||||
if {[string match ${str}* [lindex $_history $ix]]} {
|
||||
break
|
||||
}
|
||||
incr ix -1
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
set text ""
|
||||
if {$ix >= 0} {
|
||||
set text [lindex $_history $ix]
|
||||
set _histElement $ix
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
set text $_partialCommand
|
||||
set _histElement -1
|
||||
}
|
||||
$_twin delete {cmdmark + 1 char} {cmdmark lineend}
|
||||
$_twin insert {cmdmark + 1 char} $text
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#-------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# METHOD: _next - recall the next command (scroll forward)
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::body Console::_next {} {
|
||||
if {$_histElement == -1} {
|
||||
# FIXME flash window.
|
||||
return
|
||||
}
|
||||
incr _histElement -1
|
||||
if {$_histElement == -1} {
|
||||
set text $_partialCommand
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
set text [lindex $_history $_histElement]
|
||||
}
|
||||
$_twin delete {cmdmark + 1 char} {cmdmark lineend}
|
||||
$_twin insert {cmdmark + 1 char} $text
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#-------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# METHOD: _last - get the last history element
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::body Console::_last {} {
|
||||
set _histElement 0
|
||||
_next
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#-------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# METHOD: _first - get the first (earliest) history element
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::body Console::_first {} {
|
||||
set _histElement [expr {[llength $_history] - 1}]
|
||||
_previous
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#-------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# METHOD: _setprompt - put a prompt at the beginning of a line
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::body Console::_setprompt {{prompt {}}} {
|
||||
if {$prompt == ""} {
|
||||
#set prompt [pref get gdb/console/prompt]
|
||||
set prompt [gdb_prompt]
|
||||
} elseif {$prompt == "none"} {
|
||||
set prompt ""
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
$_twin delete {insert linestart} {insert lineend}
|
||||
$_twin insert {insert linestart} $prompt prompt_tag
|
||||
$_twin mark set cmdmark "insert -1 char"
|
||||
$_twin see insert
|
||||
|
||||
if {$_pendingHistElement >= 0} {
|
||||
set _histElement $_pendingHistElement
|
||||
set _pendingHistElement -1
|
||||
_next
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#-------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# METHOD: gets - get a line of input from the console
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::body Console::gets {} {
|
||||
set _input_mode 1
|
||||
# _setprompt "(input) "
|
||||
_setprompt none
|
||||
$_twin delete insert end
|
||||
$_twin mark set cmdmark {insert -1 char}
|
||||
|
||||
bind_plain_key $_twin Control-d "$this invoke 1; break"
|
||||
bind_plain_key $_twin Control-c "[code $this _cancel]; break"
|
||||
|
||||
vwait [scope _input_result]
|
||||
set _input_mode 0
|
||||
bind_plain_key $_twin Control-c "event generate $_twin <<Copy>>"
|
||||
activate
|
||||
if {$_input_error} {
|
||||
set _input_error 0
|
||||
return -code error ""
|
||||
}
|
||||
return $_input_result
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#-------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# METHOD: cancel - cancel input when ^C is hit
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::body Console::_cancel {} {
|
||||
if {$_input_mode} {
|
||||
set _needNL 1
|
||||
$_twin mark set insert {insert lineend}
|
||||
$_twin insert {insert lineend} "^C\n"
|
||||
incr _invoking
|
||||
set _input_error 1
|
||||
set _input_result ""
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#-------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# METHOD: activate - run this after a command is run
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::body Console::activate {{prompt {}}} {
|
||||
if {$_invoking > 0} {
|
||||
incr _invoking -1
|
||||
_setprompt $prompt
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#-------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# METHOD: invoke - invoke a command
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::body Console::invoke {{controld 0}} {
|
||||
global gdbtk_state
|
||||
|
||||
set text [$_twin get {cmdmark + 1 char} end ]
|
||||
|
||||
if { "[string range $text 0 1]" == "tk" } {
|
||||
if {! [info complete $text] } {
|
||||
$_twin insert {insert lineend} " \\\n"
|
||||
$_twin see insert
|
||||
return
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
incr _invoking
|
||||
|
||||
set text [string trimright $text \n]
|
||||
if {$text == ""} {
|
||||
set text [lindex $_history 0]
|
||||
$_twin insert {insert lineend} $text
|
||||
}
|
||||
$_twin mark set insert {insert lineend}
|
||||
$_twin insert {insert lineend} "\n"
|
||||
|
||||
set ok 0
|
||||
if {$_running} {
|
||||
if {[string index $text 0] == "!"} {
|
||||
set text [string range $text 1 end]
|
||||
set ok 1
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if {$_input_mode} {
|
||||
if {!$controld} {append text \n}
|
||||
set _input_result $text
|
||||
set _needNL 1
|
||||
return
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# Only push new nonempty history items.
|
||||
if {$text != "" && [lindex $_history 0] != $text} {
|
||||
lvarpush _history $text
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
set index [$_twin index insert]
|
||||
|
||||
# Clear current history element, and current partial element.
|
||||
set _histElement -1
|
||||
set _partialCommand ""
|
||||
|
||||
# Need a newline before next insert.
|
||||
set _needNL 1
|
||||
|
||||
# run command
|
||||
if {$gdbtk_state(readline)} {
|
||||
set gdbtk_state(readline_response) $text
|
||||
return
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if {!$_running || $ok} {
|
||||
set result [catch {gdb_immediate "$text" 1} message]
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
set result 1
|
||||
set message "The debugger is busy."
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# gdb_immediate may take a while to finish. Exit if
|
||||
# our window has gone away.
|
||||
if {![winfo exists $_twin]} { return }
|
||||
|
||||
if {$result} {
|
||||
global errorInfo
|
||||
dbug W "Error: $errorInfo\n"
|
||||
$_twin insert end "Error: $message\n" err_tag
|
||||
} elseif {$message != ""} {
|
||||
$_twin insert $index "$message\n"
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# Make the prompt visible again.
|
||||
activate
|
||||
|
||||
# Make sure the insertion point is visible.
|
||||
$_twin see insert
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#-------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# PRIVATE METHOD: _delete - Handle a Delete of some sort.
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::body Console::_delete {{right 0}} {
|
||||
|
||||
# If we are deleting to the right, and we have this turned off,
|
||||
# delete to the right.
|
||||
|
||||
if {$right && ![pref get gdb/console/deleteLeft]} {
|
||||
set right 0
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if {!$right} {
|
||||
set insert_valid [$_twin compare insert > {cmdmark + 1 char}]
|
||||
set delete_loc "insert-1c"
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
set insert_valid [$_twin compare insert > cmdmark]
|
||||
set delete_loc "insert"
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# If there is a selection on the command line, delete it,
|
||||
# If there is a selection above the command line, do a
|
||||
# regular delete, but don't delete the prompt.
|
||||
# If there is no selection, do the delete.
|
||||
|
||||
if {![catch {$_twin index sel.first}]} {
|
||||
if {[$_twin compare sel.first <= cmdmark]} {
|
||||
if {$insert_valid} {
|
||||
$_twin delete $delete_loc
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
$_twin delete sel.first sel.last
|
||||
}
|
||||
} elseif {$insert_valid} {
|
||||
$_twin delete $delete_loc
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#-------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# PRIVATE METHOD: _insertion - Set or get saved insertion point
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::body Console::_insertion {args} {
|
||||
if {! [llength $args]} {
|
||||
return $_saved_insertion
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
set _saved_insertion [lindex $args 0]
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# METHOD: _paste - paste the selection into the console window
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::body Console::_paste {{check_primary 1}} {
|
||||
set sel {}
|
||||
|
||||
if {!$check_primary || [catch {selection get} sel] || $sel == ""} {
|
||||
if {[catch {selection get -selection CLIPBOARD} sel] || $sel == ""} {
|
||||
return
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#if there is a selection, insert over it:
|
||||
if {![catch {$_twin index sel.first}]
|
||||
&& [$_twin compare sel.first > {cmdmark + 1 char}]} {
|
||||
set point [$_twin index sel.first]
|
||||
$_twin delete sel.first sel.last
|
||||
$_twin insert $point $sel
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
$_twin insert insert $sel
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# METHOD: _find_lcp - Return the longest common prefix in SLIST.
|
||||
# Can be empty string.
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::body Console::_find_lcp {slist} {
|
||||
# Handle trivial cases where list is empty or length 1
|
||||
if {[llength $slist] <= 1} {return [lindex $slist 0]}
|
||||
|
||||
set prefix [lindex $slist 0]
|
||||
set prefixlast [expr [string length $prefix] - 1]
|
||||
|
||||
foreach str [lrange $slist 1 end] {
|
||||
set test_str [string range $str 0 $prefixlast]
|
||||
while {[string compare $test_str $prefix] != 0} {
|
||||
incr prefixlast -1
|
||||
set prefix [string range $prefix 0 $prefixlast]
|
||||
set test_str [string range $str 0 $prefixlast]
|
||||
}
|
||||
if {$prefixlast < 0} break
|
||||
}
|
||||
return $prefix
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# METHOD: _find_completion - Look through COMPLETIONS to generate
|
||||
# the suffix needed to do command
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::body Console::_find_completion {cmd completions} {
|
||||
# Get longest common prefix
|
||||
set lcp [_find_lcp $completions]
|
||||
set cmd_len [string length $cmd]
|
||||
# Return suffix beyond end of cmd
|
||||
return [string range $lcp $cmd_len end]
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# METHOD: _complete - Command line completion
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::body Console::_complete {} {
|
||||
|
||||
set command_line [$_twin get {cmdmark + 1 char} {cmdmark lineend}]
|
||||
set choices [gdb_cmd "complete $command_line" 1]
|
||||
set choices [string trimright $choices \n]
|
||||
set choices [split $choices \n]
|
||||
|
||||
# Just do completion if this is the first tab
|
||||
if {!$_saw_tab} {
|
||||
set _saw_tab 1
|
||||
set completion [_find_completion $command_line $choices]
|
||||
|
||||
# Here is where the completion is actually done. If there
|
||||
# is one match, complete the command and print a space.
|
||||
# If two or more matches, complete the command and beep.
|
||||
# If no match, just beep.
|
||||
switch [llength $choices] {
|
||||
0 {}
|
||||
1 {
|
||||
$_twin insert end "$completion "
|
||||
set _saw_tab 0
|
||||
return
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
default {
|
||||
$_twin insert end $completion
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
bell
|
||||
$_twin see end
|
||||
bind $_twin <KeyPress> [code $this _reset_tab]
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
# User hit another consecutive tab. List the choices.
|
||||
# Note that at this point, choices may contain commands
|
||||
# with spaces. We have to lop off everything before (and
|
||||
# including) the last space so that the completion list
|
||||
# only shows the possibilities for the last token.
|
||||
set choices [lsort $choices]
|
||||
if {[regexp ".* " $command_line prefix]} {
|
||||
regsub -all $prefix $choices {} choices
|
||||
}
|
||||
if {[llength choices] != 0} {
|
||||
insert "\nCompletions:\n[join $choices \ ]\n"
|
||||
$_twin see end
|
||||
bind $_twin <KeyPress> [code $this _reset_tab]
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# METHOD: _reset_tab - Helper method for tab completion. Used
|
||||
# to reset the tab when a key is pressed.
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::body Console::_reset_tab {} {
|
||||
bind $_twin <KeyPress> {}
|
||||
set _saw_tab 0
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# METHOD: _set_wrap - Set wrap mode
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::body Console::_set_wrap {wrap} {
|
||||
if { $wrap } {
|
||||
set hsm none
|
||||
set wv char
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
set hsm dynamic
|
||||
set wv none
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
$itk_interior.stext configure -hscrollmode $hsm
|
||||
$_twin configure -wrap $wv
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# METHOD: _update_option - Update in response to preference change
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::body Console::_update_option {name value} {
|
||||
switch -- $name {
|
||||
gdb/console/wrap {
|
||||
_set_wrap $value
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
gdb/console/prompt_fg {
|
||||
$_twin tag configure prompt_tag -foreground $value
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
gdb/console/error_fg {
|
||||
$_twin tag configure err_tag -foreground $value
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# NAME: public method Console::test
|
||||
# DESCRIPTION: Executes the given command
|
||||
#
|
||||
# ARGUMENTS: Command to run
|
||||
# RETURNS: Return value of command
|
||||
#
|
||||
# NOTES: This will only run if env(GDBTK_TEST_RUNNING)==1.
|
||||
# FOR TESTING ONLY
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::body Console::test {args} {
|
||||
global env
|
||||
|
||||
if {[info exists env(GDBTK_TEST_RUNNING)] && $env(GDBTK_TEST_RUNNING) == 1} {
|
||||
return [eval $args]
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
|
|||
# Console window class definition for GDBtk.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 Red Hat, Inc.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
# under the terms of the GNU General Public License (GPL) as published by
|
||||
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
|
||||
# your option) any later version.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
# GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Implements a console display widget using primitive widgets as the building
|
||||
# blocks.
|
||||
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
itcl::class Console {
|
||||
inherit EmbeddedWin GDBEventHandler
|
||||
|
||||
public {
|
||||
#Approximate maximum number of lines allowed in widget
|
||||
variable throttle 2000
|
||||
|
||||
method constructor {args}
|
||||
method destructor {}
|
||||
method insert {line {tag ""}}
|
||||
method invoke {{controld 0}}
|
||||
method _insertion {args}
|
||||
method activate {{prompt {}}}
|
||||
method test {args}
|
||||
method gets {}
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# GDB Events
|
||||
#
|
||||
method busy {event}
|
||||
method idle {event}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
private {
|
||||
variable _twin
|
||||
variable _invoking 0
|
||||
variable _needNL 1
|
||||
variable _history {}
|
||||
variable _histElement -1
|
||||
variable _partialCommand ""
|
||||
variable _saved_insertion ""
|
||||
variable _running 0
|
||||
variable _saw_tab 0
|
||||
variable _pendingHistElement -1
|
||||
variable _input_mode 0
|
||||
variable _input_result ""
|
||||
variable _input_error 0
|
||||
|
||||
method _build_win {}
|
||||
method _cancel {}
|
||||
method _complete {}
|
||||
method _delete {{left 0}}
|
||||
method _find_completion {cmd completions}
|
||||
method _find_lcp {slist}
|
||||
method _first {}
|
||||
method _last {}
|
||||
method _next {}
|
||||
method _operate_and_get_next {}
|
||||
method _paste {{check_primary 1}}
|
||||
method _previous {}
|
||||
method _reset_tab {}
|
||||
method _search_history {}
|
||||
method _rsearch_history {}
|
||||
method _setprompt {{prompt {}}}
|
||||
method _set_wrap {wrap}
|
||||
method _update_option {name value}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,152 @@
|
|||
# Color Scheme preferences dialog for Insight.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2004 Red Hat
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
# under the terms of the GNU General Public License (GPL) as published by
|
||||
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
|
||||
# your option) any later version.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
# GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# CONSTRUCTOR - create new source preferences window
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::body CSPref::constructor {args} {
|
||||
window_name "Color Scheme Preferences"
|
||||
_init_var
|
||||
_build_win
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# METHOD: init_var - initialize preference variables
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::body CSPref::_init_var {} {
|
||||
for {set i 0} {$i < 16} {incr i} {
|
||||
lappend vlist gdb/bg/$i
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
foreach var $vlist {
|
||||
set _saved($var) [pref get $var]
|
||||
set _new($var) $_saved($var)
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# METHOD: build_win - build the dialog
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::body CSPref::_build_win {} {
|
||||
frame $itk_interior.f
|
||||
frame $itk_interior.f.a
|
||||
frame $itk_interior.f.b
|
||||
set f $itk_interior.f.a
|
||||
|
||||
# Description frame
|
||||
set d [labelframe $f.desc -text "Description"]
|
||||
label $d.txt -justify left -wraplength 6i -background $::Colors(textbg) \
|
||||
-text "There are many situations where multiple instances\
|
||||
of Insight may be running. Some examples are when debugging itself, when debugging\
|
||||
client and server programs, or multiprocessor systems. In these situations, it is easy\
|
||||
to get confused by the many different windows. Insight provides a simple way to have\
|
||||
all the windows belonging to a particular Insight instance use the same background color.\
|
||||
\n\nClick on a color below to edit it. This is a text background color. Other colors are\
|
||||
computed based on it."
|
||||
pack $d.txt -side top
|
||||
pack $f.desc -expand yes -fill both
|
||||
|
||||
set w [labelframe $f.colors -text "Text Backgrounds"]
|
||||
for {set i 0} {$i < 16} {incr i} {
|
||||
set color $_new(gdb/bg/$i)
|
||||
button $w.$i -text [format "%X" $i] -activebackground $color -bg $color \
|
||||
-command [code $this _pick $color $w.$i $i]
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
grid $w.0 $w.1 $w.2 $w.3 $w.4 $w.5 $w.6 $w.7 -padx 10 -pady 10 -sticky we
|
||||
grid $w.8 $w.9 $w.10 $w.11 $w.12 $w.13 $w.14 $w.15 -padx 10 -pady 10 -sticky we
|
||||
|
||||
pack $w -fill both -expand yes
|
||||
pack $f.colors -fill both -expand yes
|
||||
|
||||
button $itk_interior.f.b.ok -text OK -width 7 -underline 0 -command [code $this _save]
|
||||
button $itk_interior.f.b.apply -text Apply -width 7 -underline 0 -command [code $this _apply]
|
||||
button $itk_interior.f.b.quit -text Cancel -width 7 -underline 0 -command [code $this _cancel]
|
||||
standard_button_box $itk_interior.f.b
|
||||
pack $itk_interior.f.a $itk_interior.f.b $itk_interior.f -expand yes -fill both -padx 5 -pady 5
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# METHOD: apply - apply changes
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::body CSPref::_apply {} {
|
||||
foreach var [array names _new] {
|
||||
if {$_new($var) != [pref get $var]} {
|
||||
pref set $var $_new($var)
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
set_bg_colors
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# METHOD: _cancel
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::body CSPref::_cancel {} {
|
||||
set bg_changed 0
|
||||
|
||||
if {[string compare [pref get gdb/bg/$::gdb_bg_num] $_saved(gdb/bg/$::gdb_bg_num)] != 0} {
|
||||
set bg_changed 1
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
foreach elem [array names _saved] {
|
||||
set cur_val [pref get $elem]
|
||||
if {[string compare $cur_val $_saved($elem)] != 0} {
|
||||
pref set $elem $_saved($elem)
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if {$bg_changed} {
|
||||
set_bg_colors
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
ManagedWin::restart
|
||||
}
|
||||
unpost
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# METHOD: save - apply changes and quit
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::body CSPref::_save {} {
|
||||
_apply
|
||||
unpost
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# METHOD: reconfig - called when windows are reconfigured
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
itcl::body CSPref::reconfig {} {
|
||||
# Unfortunately, r_setcolors recolors buttons if we do an Apply,
|
||||
# so fix them up here.
|
||||
|
||||
for {set i 0} {$i < 10} {incr i} {
|
||||
set color $_new(gdb/bg/$i)
|
||||
$w.$i configure -activebackground $color -bg $color
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# METHOD: pick - pick colors
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::body CSPref::_pick {color win num} {
|
||||
#debug "$color $win $num"
|
||||
set new_color [tk_chooseColor -initialcolor $color -title "Choose color"]
|
||||
if {$new_color != $color && $new_color != {}} {
|
||||
$win configure -activebackground $new_color -bg $new_color \
|
||||
-command [code $this _pick $new_color $w.${num}b $num]
|
||||
set _new(gdb/bg/$num) $new_color
|
||||
pref set gdb/bg/$num $new_color
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
|
|||
# Color Scheme preferences dialog class definition for GDBtk.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2004, Red Hat Inc.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
# under the terms of the GNU General Public License (GPL) as published by
|
||||
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
|
||||
# your option) any later version.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
# GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
itcl::class CSPref {
|
||||
inherit ManagedWin ModalDialog
|
||||
|
||||
private {
|
||||
variable _saved ;# These are the saved values...
|
||||
variable _new ;# These are the changed values
|
||||
variable w
|
||||
method _apply {}
|
||||
method _build_win {}
|
||||
method _cancel {}
|
||||
method _init_var {}
|
||||
method _pick {color win num}
|
||||
method _save {}
|
||||
method _setcolors {}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
public {
|
||||
method constructor {args}
|
||||
method reconfig {}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,483 @@
|
|||
# Debug window for GDBtk.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 Red Hat, Inc.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
# under the terms of the GNU General Public License (GPL) as published by
|
||||
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
|
||||
# your option) any later version.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
# GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# NAME: DebugWin::constructor
|
||||
#
|
||||
# SYNOPSIS: constructor::args
|
||||
#
|
||||
# DESC: Creates the debug window
|
||||
#
|
||||
# ARGS: None are used yet.
|
||||
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::body DebugWin::constructor {args} {
|
||||
debug $args
|
||||
window_name "Insight Debug" "Debug"
|
||||
|
||||
build_win
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# NAME: DebugWin::destructor
|
||||
#
|
||||
# SYNOPSIS: Not called by hand
|
||||
#
|
||||
# DESC: Destroys the debug window
|
||||
#
|
||||
# ARGS: None
|
||||
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::body DebugWin::destructor {} {
|
||||
# notify debug code that window is going away
|
||||
::debug::debugwin ""
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# NAME: DebugWin::reconfig
|
||||
#
|
||||
# SYNOPSIS: Reconfigure callback
|
||||
#
|
||||
# DESC: Fixes up window colors
|
||||
#
|
||||
# ARGS: None
|
||||
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::body DebugWin::reconfig {} {
|
||||
# This keeps the Debug window using its unique black background.
|
||||
# Otherwise, a reconfigure event will color it to match the other windows
|
||||
$itk_interior.s configure -textbackground black
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# NAME: DebugWin::build_win
|
||||
#
|
||||
# SYNOPSIS: build_win
|
||||
#
|
||||
# DESC: Creates the Debug Window. Reads the contents of the debug log
|
||||
# file, if it exists. Notifies the debug functions in ::debug
|
||||
# to send output here.
|
||||
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::body DebugWin::build_win {} {
|
||||
global gdb_ImageDir GDBTK_LIBRARY
|
||||
|
||||
set top [winfo toplevel $itk_interior]
|
||||
|
||||
# initialize the gdbtk_de array
|
||||
if {![info exists ::gdbtk_de]} {
|
||||
set ::gdbtk_de(ALL) 1
|
||||
set ::gdbtk_de(ERRORS_ONLY) 0
|
||||
set ::gdbtk_de(others) 0
|
||||
set ::gdbtk_de(filter_var) ALL
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# create menubar
|
||||
set menu [menu $itk_interior.m -tearoff 0]
|
||||
$menu add cascade -menu $menu.file -label "File" -underline 0
|
||||
set m [menu $menu.file]
|
||||
$m add command -label "Clear" -underline 1 \
|
||||
-command [code $this _clear]
|
||||
$m add command -label "Mark Old" -underline 1 \
|
||||
-command [code $this _mark_old]
|
||||
$m add separator
|
||||
$m add command -label "Save" -underline 0 \
|
||||
-command [code $this _save_contents]
|
||||
$m add separator
|
||||
$m add command -label "Close" -underline 0 \
|
||||
-command "::debug::debugwin {};delete object $this"
|
||||
$menu add cascade -menu $menu.trace -label "Trace"
|
||||
set m [menu $menu.trace]
|
||||
$m add radiobutton -label Start -variable ::debug::tracing -value 1
|
||||
$m add radiobutton -label Stop -variable ::debug::tracing -value 0
|
||||
$menu add cascade -menu $menu.rs -label "ReSource"
|
||||
set m [menu $menu.rs]
|
||||
foreach f [lsort [glob [file join $GDBTK_LIBRARY *.itb]]] {
|
||||
$m add command -label "Source [file tail $f]"\
|
||||
-command [list source $f]
|
||||
}
|
||||
$m add separator
|
||||
$m add command -label "Source ALL" -command [code $this _source_all]
|
||||
|
||||
$menu add cascade -menu $menu.opt -label "Options"
|
||||
set m [menu $menu.opt]
|
||||
$m add command -label "Display" -underline 0 \
|
||||
-command [list ManagedWin::open DebugWinDOpts -over $this]
|
||||
if {!$::debug::initialized} {
|
||||
$menu entryconfigure 1 -state disabled
|
||||
$menu add cascade -label " Tracing Not Initialized" -foreground red \
|
||||
-activeforeground red
|
||||
}
|
||||
$menu add cascade -menu $menu.help -label "Help" -underline 0
|
||||
set m [menu $menu.help]
|
||||
$m add command -label "Debugging Functions" -underline 0 \
|
||||
-command {open_help debug.html}
|
||||
|
||||
$top configure -menu $menu
|
||||
|
||||
iwidgets::scrolledtext $itk_interior.s -hscrollmode static \
|
||||
-vscrollmode static -wrap none -textbackground black -foreground white
|
||||
set _t [$itk_interior.s component text]
|
||||
pack $itk_interior.s -expand 1 -fill both
|
||||
|
||||
# define tags
|
||||
foreach color $_colors {
|
||||
$_t tag configure [lindex $color 0] -foreground [lindex $color 1]
|
||||
}
|
||||
$_t tag configure trace -foreground gray
|
||||
$_t tag configure args -foreground blue
|
||||
$_t tag configure marked -background grey20
|
||||
|
||||
loadlog
|
||||
|
||||
# now notify the debug functions to use this window
|
||||
::debug::debugwin $this
|
||||
|
||||
# override the window delete procedure so the messages are
|
||||
# turned off first.
|
||||
wm protocol $top WM_DELETE_WINDOW "::debug::debugwin {};destroy $top"
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# NAME: DebugWin::puts
|
||||
#
|
||||
# SYNOPSIS: puts {level cls func msg}
|
||||
#
|
||||
# DESC: Writes debugging information into the DebugWin. A filter
|
||||
# will be applied to determine if the message should be
|
||||
# displayed or not.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# ARGS: level - priority level. See debug::dbug for details.
|
||||
# cls - class name of caller, for example "SrcWin"
|
||||
# func - function name of caller
|
||||
# msg - message to display
|
||||
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::body DebugWin::puts {level cls func msg} {
|
||||
# filter. check if we should display this message
|
||||
# for now we always let high-level messages through
|
||||
if {$level == "I"} {
|
||||
|
||||
# errors and warnings only
|
||||
if {$::gdbtk_de(ERRORS_ONLY)} { return }
|
||||
|
||||
# ALL classes except those set
|
||||
if {$::gdbtk_de(ALL)} {
|
||||
if {[info exists ::gdbtk_de($cls)]} {
|
||||
if {$::gdbtk_de($cls)} {
|
||||
return
|
||||
}
|
||||
} elseif {$::gdbtk_de(others)} {
|
||||
return
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ONLY the classes set
|
||||
if {!$::gdbtk_de(ALL)} {
|
||||
if {[info exists ::gdbtk_de($cls)]} {
|
||||
if {!$::gdbtk_de($cls)} {
|
||||
return
|
||||
}
|
||||
} elseif {!$::gdbtk_de(others)} {
|
||||
return
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if {$func != ""} {
|
||||
append cls ::$func
|
||||
}
|
||||
$_t insert end "($cls) " {} "$msg\n" $level
|
||||
$_t see insert
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# NAME: DebugWin::put_trace
|
||||
#
|
||||
# SYNOPSIS: put_trace {enter level func ar}
|
||||
#
|
||||
# DESC: Writes trace information into the DebugWin. A filter
|
||||
# will be applied to determine if the message should be
|
||||
# displayed or not.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# ARGS: enter - 1 if this is a function entry, 0 otherwise.
|
||||
# level - stack level
|
||||
# func - function name
|
||||
# ar - function arguments
|
||||
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::body DebugWin::put_trace {enter level func ar} {
|
||||
set x [expr {$level * 2 - 2}]
|
||||
if {$enter} {
|
||||
$_t insert end "[string range $_bigstr 0 $x]$func " trace "$ar\n" args
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
$_t insert end "[string range $_bigstr 0 $x]<- $func " trace "$ar\n" args
|
||||
}
|
||||
$_t see insert
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# NAME: DebugWin::loadlog
|
||||
#
|
||||
# SYNOPSIS: loadlog
|
||||
#
|
||||
# DESC: Reads the contents of the debug log file, if it exists, into
|
||||
# the DebugWin.
|
||||
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::body DebugWin::loadlog {} {
|
||||
$_t delete 0.0 end
|
||||
# Now load in log file, if possible.
|
||||
# this is rather rude, using the logfile variable in the debug namespace
|
||||
if {$::debug::logfile != "" && $::debug::logfile != "stdout"} {
|
||||
flush $::debug::logfile
|
||||
seek $::debug::logfile 0 start
|
||||
while {[gets $::debug::logfile line] >= 0} {
|
||||
while {[catch {set f [lindex $line 0]} f]} {
|
||||
# If the lindex failed its because the remainder of the
|
||||
# list is on the next line. Get it.
|
||||
if {[gets $::debug::logfile line2] < 0} {
|
||||
break
|
||||
}
|
||||
append line \n $line2
|
||||
}
|
||||
if {$f == "T"} {
|
||||
put_trace [lindex $line 1] [lindex $line 2] [lindex $line 3] \
|
||||
[lindex $line 4]
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
puts $f [lindex $line 1] [lindex $line 2] [lindex $line 3]
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# NAME: DebugWin::_source_all
|
||||
#
|
||||
# SYNOPSIS: _source_all
|
||||
#
|
||||
# DESC: Re-sources all the .itb files.
|
||||
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::body DebugWin::_source_all {} {
|
||||
foreach f [glob [file join $::GDBTK_LIBRARY *.itb]] {
|
||||
source $f
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# NAME: DebugWin::_clear
|
||||
#
|
||||
# SYNOPSIS: _clear
|
||||
#
|
||||
# DESC: Clears out the content of the debug window.
|
||||
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::body DebugWin::_clear {} {
|
||||
$_t delete 1.0 end
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# NAME: DebugWin::_mark_old
|
||||
#
|
||||
# SYNOPSIS: _mark_old
|
||||
#
|
||||
# DESC: Changes the background of the current contents of the window.
|
||||
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::body DebugWin::_mark_old {} {
|
||||
$_t tag add marked 1.0 "end - 1c"
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# NAME: DebugWin::_save_contents
|
||||
#
|
||||
# SYNOPSIS: _save_contents
|
||||
#
|
||||
# DESC: Changes the background of the current contents of the window.
|
||||
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::body DebugWin::_save_contents {} {
|
||||
set file [tk_getSaveFile -title "Choose debug window dump file" \
|
||||
-parent [winfo toplevel $itk_interior]]
|
||||
if {$file == ""} {
|
||||
return
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if {[catch {::open $file w} fileH]} {
|
||||
tk_messageBox -type ok -icon error -message \
|
||||
"Can't open file: \"$file\". \n\nThe error was:\n\n\"$fileH\""
|
||||
return
|
||||
}
|
||||
::puts $fileH [$_t get 1.0 end]
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
###############################################################################
|
||||
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# NAME: DebugWinDOpts::constructor
|
||||
#
|
||||
# SYNOPSIS: constructor
|
||||
#
|
||||
# DESC: Creates the Debug Window Options Dialog.
|
||||
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::body DebugWinDOpts::constructor {args} {
|
||||
window_name "Debug Window Options"
|
||||
build_win
|
||||
eval itk_initialize $args
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
###############################################################################
|
||||
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# NAME: DebugWinDOpts::destructor
|
||||
#
|
||||
# SYNOPSIS: Not called by hand
|
||||
#
|
||||
# DESC: Destroys the Debug Window Options Dialog.
|
||||
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::body DebugWinDOpts::destructor {} {
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# NAME: DebugWinDOpts::build_win
|
||||
#
|
||||
# SYNOPSIS: build_win
|
||||
#
|
||||
# DESC: Creates the Debug Window Options Dialog. This dialog allows the
|
||||
# user to select which information is displayed in the debug
|
||||
# window and (eventually) how it looks.
|
||||
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::body DebugWinDOpts::build_win {} {
|
||||
wm title [winfo toplevel $itk_interior] "Debug Display Options"
|
||||
# initialize here so we can resource this file and update the list
|
||||
set _classes {DebugWin RegWin SrcBar SrcWin ToolBar WatchWin EmbeddedWin \
|
||||
ManagedWin GDBWin StackWin SrcTextWin global \
|
||||
BpWin TargetSelection ModalDialog ProcessWin \
|
||||
GDBEventHandler MemWin VarTree}
|
||||
set _classes [concat [lsort $_classes] others]
|
||||
|
||||
set f [frame $itk_interior.f]
|
||||
set btns [frame $itk_interior.buttons]
|
||||
|
||||
iwidgets::Labeledframe $f.display -labelpos nw -labeltext {Classes}
|
||||
set fr [$f.display childsite]
|
||||
radiobutton $fr.0 -text "Messages from ALL classes EXCEPT those selected below" \
|
||||
-variable ::gdbtk_de(filter_var) -value ALL -command [code $this _all]
|
||||
radiobutton $fr.1 -text "Messages from ONLY those classes selected below" \
|
||||
-variable ::gdbtk_de(filter_var) -value ONLY -command [code $this _all]
|
||||
radiobutton $fr.2 -text "Only WARNINGS and ERRORS" \
|
||||
-variable ::gdbtk_de(filter_var) -value ERRORS -command [code $this _all]
|
||||
|
||||
grid $fr.0 -sticky w -padx 5 -pady 5
|
||||
grid $fr.1 -sticky w -padx 5 -pady 5
|
||||
grid $fr.2 -sticky w -padx 5 -pady 5
|
||||
|
||||
iwidgets::Labeledframe $f.classes
|
||||
set fr [$f.classes childsite]
|
||||
|
||||
set i 0
|
||||
foreach cls $_classes {
|
||||
if {![info exists ::gdbtk_de($cls)]} {
|
||||
set ::gdbtk_de($cls) 0
|
||||
}
|
||||
checkbutton $fr.$i -text $cls -variable ::gdbtk_de($cls)
|
||||
incr i
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
set k [expr 3*(int($i/3))]
|
||||
set more [expr $i - $k]
|
||||
set j 0
|
||||
while {$j < $k} {
|
||||
grid $fr.$j $fr.[expr $j+1] $fr.[expr $j+2] -sticky w -padx 5 -pady 5
|
||||
incr j 3
|
||||
}
|
||||
switch $more {
|
||||
1 { grid $fr.$j x x -sticky w -padx 5 -pady 5}
|
||||
2 { grid $fr.$j $fr.[expr $j+1] x -sticky w -padx 5 -pady 5}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
pack $f.display -side top -expand 1 -fill both
|
||||
pack $f.classes -side top -expand 1 -fill both
|
||||
|
||||
button $btns.ok -text [gettext OK] -width 7 -command [code $this _apply 1] \
|
||||
-default active
|
||||
button $btns.apply -text "Apply to All" -width 7 \
|
||||
-command [code $this _apply 0]
|
||||
if {$::debug::logfile == "" || $::debug::logfile == "stdout"} {
|
||||
$btns.apply configure -state disabled
|
||||
}
|
||||
button $btns.help -text [gettext Help] -width 10 -command [code $this help] \
|
||||
-state disabled
|
||||
standard_button_box $btns
|
||||
bind $btns.ok <Return> "$btns.ok flash; $btns.ok invoke"
|
||||
bind $btns.apply <Return> "$btns.apply flash; $btns.apply invoke"
|
||||
bind $btns.help <Return> "$btns.help flash; $btns.help invoke"
|
||||
|
||||
pack $btns $f -side bottom -expand 1 -fill both -anchor e
|
||||
focus $btns.ok
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# NAME: DebugWinDOpts::_all
|
||||
#
|
||||
# SYNOPSIS: _all
|
||||
#
|
||||
# DESC: Callback for selecting ALL classes. If the user selects ALL,
|
||||
# deselect all the individual class checkbuttons.
|
||||
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::body DebugWinDOpts::_all {} {
|
||||
switch $::gdbtk_de(filter_var) {
|
||||
ALL {
|
||||
set ::gdbtk_de(ALL) 1
|
||||
set ::gdbtk_de(ERRORS_ONLY) 0
|
||||
#enable class buttons
|
||||
set num 0
|
||||
foreach class $_classes {
|
||||
[$itk_interior.f.classes childsite].$num configure -state normal
|
||||
incr num
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
ONLY {
|
||||
set ::gdbtk_de(ALL) 0
|
||||
set ::gdbtk_de(ERRORS_ONLY) 0
|
||||
#enable class buttons
|
||||
set num 0
|
||||
foreach class $_classes {
|
||||
[$itk_interior.f.classes childsite].$num configure -state normal
|
||||
incr num
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
ERRORS {
|
||||
set ::gdbtk_de(ALL) 0
|
||||
set ::gdbtk_de(ERRORS_ONLY) 1
|
||||
# disable class buttons
|
||||
set num 0
|
||||
foreach class $_classes {
|
||||
[$itk_interior.f.classes childsite].$num configure -state disabled
|
||||
incr num
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# NAME: DebugWinDOpts::_apply
|
||||
#
|
||||
# SYNOPSIS: _apply
|
||||
#
|
||||
# DESC: Callback for the "Apply" button. Loads the contents of the
|
||||
# log file through the new filter into the debug window. The
|
||||
# button is disabled if there is no log file.
|
||||
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::body DebugWinDOpts::_apply { done } {
|
||||
set dw [ManagedWin::find DebugWin]
|
||||
debug $dw
|
||||
if {$dw != ""} {
|
||||
$dw loadlog
|
||||
}
|
||||
if {$done} {
|
||||
delete object $this
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
|
|||
# Debug window class definition for GDBtk.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 1998, 1999 Cygnus Solutions
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
# under the terms of the GNU General Public License (GPL) as published by
|
||||
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
|
||||
# your option) any later version.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
# GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# NAME:
|
||||
# class DebugWin
|
||||
#
|
||||
# DESC:
|
||||
# This class implements a debug output window to display internal
|
||||
# debugging information. It can handle debugging messages, tracing,
|
||||
# and eventually profiling.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# NOTES:
|
||||
# This window is for developers.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::class DebugWin {
|
||||
inherit ManagedWin
|
||||
|
||||
private {
|
||||
variable _t
|
||||
variable _colors {
|
||||
{I green}
|
||||
{W yellow}
|
||||
{E orange}
|
||||
{X red}
|
||||
}
|
||||
variable _bigstr " "
|
||||
method build_win {}
|
||||
method _source_all {}
|
||||
method _clear {}
|
||||
method _mark_old {}
|
||||
method _save_contents {}
|
||||
method reconfig {}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
protected {
|
||||
method _ignore_on_save {} { return 1 }
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
public {
|
||||
method constructor {args}
|
||||
method destructor {}
|
||||
method puts {level cls func msg}
|
||||
method put_trace {enter level func ar}
|
||||
method loadlog {}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# NAME:
|
||||
# class DebugWinDOpts
|
||||
#
|
||||
# DESC:
|
||||
# This class implements a debug options dialog for the DebugWin.
|
||||
# Currently this consists os a selection dialog to choose which
|
||||
# messages to print. Eventually it could also include a filter
|
||||
# for different priorities and color selections.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# NOTES:
|
||||
# This window is for developers.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::class DebugWinDOpts {
|
||||
inherit ManagedWin
|
||||
|
||||
public {
|
||||
method constructor {args} {}
|
||||
method destructor {}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
protected {
|
||||
method _ignore_on_save { return 1 }
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
private {
|
||||
variable _classes
|
||||
method build_win {}
|
||||
method _all {}
|
||||
method _apply {done}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,303 @@
|
|||
# Download class implementation for Insight.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 1999, 2001 Red Hat, Inc.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
# under the terms of the GNU General Public License (GPL) as published by
|
||||
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
|
||||
# your option) any later version.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
# GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Download window and associated procs
|
||||
#
|
||||
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
itcl::body Download::constructor {args} {
|
||||
global gdb_pretty_name
|
||||
debug $args
|
||||
eval itk_initialize $args
|
||||
window_name "Download Status" "Download"
|
||||
add_hook download_progress_hook "$this update_download"
|
||||
|
||||
label $itk_interior.dload -text "Downloading $filename to $gdb_pretty_name"
|
||||
|
||||
label $itk_interior.stat
|
||||
set f [frame $itk_interior.f]
|
||||
|
||||
set i 0
|
||||
while {$i <$num_sections} {
|
||||
iwidgets::feedback $f.meter$i -steps $num_steps
|
||||
grid forget [$f.meter$i component percentage]
|
||||
label $f.sec$i -text [lindex $section(names) $i] -anchor w
|
||||
label $f.num$i -text $bytes($i) -anchor e
|
||||
grid $f.sec$i $f.meter$i $f.num$i -padx 4 -pady 4 -sticky news
|
||||
incr i
|
||||
}
|
||||
grid columnconfigure $f 1 -weight 1
|
||||
|
||||
button $itk_interior.cancel -text Cancel -command "$this cancel" \
|
||||
-state active -width 10
|
||||
|
||||
pack $itk_interior.dload -padx 5 -pady 5 -side top -fill x -expand yes
|
||||
pack $itk_interior.stat -padx 5 -pady 5 -expand yes
|
||||
pack $itk_interior.f -padx 5 -pady 5 -fill x -expand yes
|
||||
|
||||
pack $itk_interior.cancel -padx 5 -pady 5 -side bottom
|
||||
::update idletasks
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# METHOD: update_download - update the download meters
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::body Download::update_download { sec num tot } {
|
||||
|
||||
# Loop through all the sections, marking each as either done or
|
||||
# updating its meter. This will mark all previous sections prior to
|
||||
# SEC as complete.
|
||||
foreach s $section(names) {
|
||||
set i $section($s)
|
||||
|
||||
if {$s == $sec} {
|
||||
# Advance feedback meter. The iwidgets meter leaves a lot to
|
||||
# be desired. No way to query the current setting. No way to
|
||||
# set the state of the meter by percentage. It only understands
|
||||
# steps, and we must be careful not to step the widget past the
|
||||
# the configured number of steps, or else the meter will be
|
||||
# set wrong. How lame.
|
||||
set steps [expr {$num / $bytes($i) * $num_steps}]
|
||||
if {[expr {$completed_steps($s) + $steps}] > $num_steps} {
|
||||
set steps [expr {$num_steps - $completed_steps($s)}]
|
||||
}
|
||||
incr completed_steps($s) $steps
|
||||
$itk_interior.f.meter$i step $steps
|
||||
break
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
# Section already loaded. Make sure meter is at 100%.
|
||||
if {$completed_steps($s) < $num_steps} {
|
||||
set steps [expr {$num_steps - $completed_steps($s)}]
|
||||
set completed_steps($s) $num_steps
|
||||
$itk_interior.f.meter$i step $steps
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
::update
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# METHOD: done - notification that the download is really complete
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::body Download::done { {msg ""} } {
|
||||
bell
|
||||
|
||||
if {$msg == ""} {
|
||||
# download finished
|
||||
set secs [expr {[clock seconds] - $::download_start_time}]
|
||||
if {$secs == 0} { incr secs }
|
||||
$itk_interior.cancel config -state disabled
|
||||
set bps [expr {8 * $total_bytes / $secs / 1000}]
|
||||
$itk_interior.stat config -text "$total_bytes bytes in $secs seconds ($bps kbps)"
|
||||
|
||||
# set all indicators to FULL
|
||||
foreach sec $section(names) {
|
||||
set i $section($sec)
|
||||
if {$completed_steps($sec) < $num_steps} {
|
||||
set steps [expr {$num_steps - $completed_steps($sec)}]
|
||||
set completed_steps($sec) $num_steps
|
||||
$itk_interior.f.meter$i step $steps
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
# download failed
|
||||
if {$msg != "CANCEL"} {
|
||||
$itk_interior.stat config -text $msg
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# enable OK button
|
||||
$itk_interior.cancel config -state active -text OK -command "delete object $this"
|
||||
::update
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# METHOD: cancel - cancel the download
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::body Download::cancel {} {
|
||||
debug "canceling the download"
|
||||
set ::download_cancel_ok 1
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# DESTRUCTOR - destroy window containing widget
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::body Download::destructor {} {
|
||||
remove_hook download_progress_hook "$this update_download"
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
itcl::body Download::do_download_hooks {} {
|
||||
set ::download_timer(ok) 1
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
itcl::body Download::download_hash { section num } {
|
||||
global download_timer
|
||||
debug "sec=$section num=$num tot=$total_bytes ok=$::download_cancel_ok"
|
||||
::update
|
||||
# Only run the timer at discrete times...
|
||||
if {[info exists download_timer(timer)]} {
|
||||
after cancel $download_timer(timer)
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
set download_timer(timer) [after 100 Download::do_download_hooks]
|
||||
if {![info exists download_timer(ok)] || $download_timer(ok)} {
|
||||
run_hooks download_progress_hook $section $num $total_bytes
|
||||
::update
|
||||
unset download_timer(timer)
|
||||
set download_timer(ok) 0
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return $::download_cancel_ok
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# Download the executable. Return zero for success, and non-zero for error.
|
||||
itcl::body Download::download_it { } {
|
||||
global gdb_exe_name gdb_downloading gdb_loaded
|
||||
global gdb_target_name gdb_pretty_name
|
||||
global gdb_running gdbtk_platform
|
||||
|
||||
debug "exe=$gdb_exe_name downloading=$gdb_downloading"
|
||||
debug " loaded=$gdb_loaded target=$gdb_target_name running=$gdb_running"
|
||||
|
||||
if {$gdb_downloading || $gdb_exe_name == ""} {
|
||||
return 0
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
set gdb_downloading 1
|
||||
set gdb_loaded 0
|
||||
# Make sure the source window has had time to be created
|
||||
::update
|
||||
|
||||
gdbtk_busy
|
||||
|
||||
# Only places that load files should do set_exe
|
||||
#set_exe
|
||||
switch [set_target] {
|
||||
ERROR {
|
||||
# target command failed
|
||||
set gdb_downloading 0
|
||||
gdbtk_idle
|
||||
return 0
|
||||
}
|
||||
CANCELED {
|
||||
# command cancelled by user
|
||||
set gdb_downloading 0
|
||||
if {$gdb_running} {
|
||||
# Run the idle hooks (free the UI)
|
||||
gdbtk_update
|
||||
gdbtk_idle
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
gdbtk_idle
|
||||
}
|
||||
return 1
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if {[string compare $gdbtk_platform(os) "cygwin"] == 0} {
|
||||
set f [ide_cygwin_path to_win32 $gdb_exe_name]
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
set f $gdb_exe_name
|
||||
}
|
||||
if {! [file exists $f]} {
|
||||
tk_messageBox -icon error -title GDB -type ok \
|
||||
-message "Request to download non-existent executable $gdb_exe_name"
|
||||
set gdb_downloading 0
|
||||
gdbtk_idle
|
||||
return 0
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
debug "downloading $gdb_exe_name"
|
||||
|
||||
set target $gdb_target_name
|
||||
|
||||
# get load info and total up number of bytes
|
||||
if {[catch {gdb_load_info $gdb_exe_name} val]} {
|
||||
set result "$gdb_exe_name: $val"
|
||||
tk_dialog .load_warn "" "$result" error 0 Ok
|
||||
return 0
|
||||
}
|
||||
set i 0
|
||||
set total_bytes 0
|
||||
set section(names) {}
|
||||
foreach x $val {
|
||||
set s [lindex $x 0]
|
||||
lappend section(names) $s
|
||||
set section($s) $i
|
||||
set b [lindex $x 1]
|
||||
set bytes($i) [expr {double($b)}]
|
||||
incr total_bytes $b
|
||||
set completed_steps($s) 0
|
||||
incr i
|
||||
}
|
||||
set num_sections $i
|
||||
|
||||
set ::download_cancel_ok 0
|
||||
set ::download_start_time [clock seconds]
|
||||
|
||||
if {[pref getd gdb/load/$target-verbose] == "1"} {
|
||||
# open a detailed download dialog window
|
||||
set download_dialog [ManagedWin::open Download -transient -filename $gdb_exe_name]
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
# raise source windows
|
||||
foreach src [ManagedWin::find SrcWin] {
|
||||
$src reveal
|
||||
$src toolbar downloading
|
||||
}
|
||||
set download_dialog ""
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
set download_error ""
|
||||
debug "starting load"
|
||||
::update idletasks
|
||||
if {[catch {gdb_cmd "load $gdb_exe_name"} errTxt]} {
|
||||
debug "load returned $errTxt"
|
||||
if {[regexp -nocase cancel $errTxt]} {
|
||||
set download_error "CANCEL"
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
set download_error $errTxt
|
||||
}
|
||||
set ::download_cancel_ok 1
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
debug "Done loading"
|
||||
|
||||
set gdb_downloading 0
|
||||
if {$::download_cancel_ok} {
|
||||
set gdb_loaded 0
|
||||
if {$download_dialog != ""} {
|
||||
catch {$download_dialog done $download_error}
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
set gdb_loaded 1
|
||||
if {$download_dialog != ""} {
|
||||
catch {$download_dialog done}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
foreach src [ManagedWin::find SrcWin] {
|
||||
if {$download_error == "CANCEL"} {
|
||||
$src download_progress CANCEL 1 1
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
$src download_progress DONE 0 $total_bytes $download_error
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
set ::download_cancel_ok 0
|
||||
set download_dialog ""
|
||||
|
||||
gdbtk_idle
|
||||
return 0
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
|
|||
# Download class definition for Insight
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 1999, 2001 Red Hat, Inc.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
# under the terms of the GNU General Public License (GPL) as published by
|
||||
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
|
||||
# your option) any later version.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
# GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
itcl::class Download {
|
||||
inherit ManagedWin
|
||||
|
||||
protected {
|
||||
common total_bytes
|
||||
common section
|
||||
common bytes
|
||||
common num_sections
|
||||
common num_steps 100
|
||||
|
||||
# completed steps in feedback meter (iwidget::feedback is lame)
|
||||
common completed_steps
|
||||
|
||||
method _ignore_on_save {} { return 1 }
|
||||
proc dont_remember_size {} { return 1}
|
||||
}
|
||||
public {
|
||||
variable filename
|
||||
|
||||
method constructor {args}
|
||||
method destructor {}
|
||||
method update_download { sec num tot }
|
||||
method done { {msg ""} }
|
||||
method cancel {}
|
||||
|
||||
proc download_it { }
|
||||
proc do_download_hooks {}
|
||||
proc download_hash { section num }
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
|
|||
# Editor
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2001 Red Hat, Inc.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
# under the terms of the GNU General Public License (GPL) as published by
|
||||
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
|
||||
# your option) any later version.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
# GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Implements a set of editor commands
|
||||
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
namespace eval Editor {
|
||||
namespace export edit
|
||||
|
||||
proc edit {loc_info} {
|
||||
global external_editor_command
|
||||
|
||||
if {[info exists external_editor_command]} {
|
||||
if {[catch {uplevel \#0 "$external_editor_command edit $loc_info"} \
|
||||
err]} {
|
||||
tk_dialog .warn-sn "Edit" $err error 0 Ok
|
||||
}
|
||||
return
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
lassign $loc_info baseName fnName fileName lineNum addr pc
|
||||
|
||||
set newCmd [pref get gdb/editor]
|
||||
if {! [string compare $newCmd ""]} {
|
||||
tk_dialog .warn "Edit" "No editor command specified" error 0 Ok
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# Replace %s with file name and %d with line number.
|
||||
regsub -all -- %s $newCmd $fileName newCmd
|
||||
regsub -all -- %d $newCmd $lineNum newCmd
|
||||
|
||||
if {[catch "exec $newCmd &" err]} {
|
||||
tk_dialog .warn "Edit" $err error 0 Ok
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
|
|||
# GDBEventHandler class implementation for Insight.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2001 Red Hat, Inc.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
# under the terms of the GNU General Public License (GPL) as published by
|
||||
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
|
||||
# your option) any later version.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
# GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# PUBLIC PROC: dispatch - Dispatch the given event to all
|
||||
# event handlers. The name of the handler
|
||||
# method to call is stored in the event's
|
||||
# "handler" method.
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::body GDBEventHandler::dispatch {event} {
|
||||
|
||||
set handler [$event handler]
|
||||
|
||||
# invoke event handlers
|
||||
foreach w [itcl_info objects -isa GDBEventHandler] {
|
||||
dbug I "posting event \"$handler\" to \"$w\""
|
||||
if {[catch {$w $handler $event}]} {
|
||||
dbug E "On $handler event, $w errored:\n$::errorInfo"
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
|
|||
# GDBEventHandler class definition for Insight.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2001 Red Hat, Inc.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
# under the terms of the GNU General Public License (GPL) as published by
|
||||
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
|
||||
# your option) any later version.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
# GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
itcl::class GDBEventHandler {
|
||||
|
||||
constructor {args} {}
|
||||
destructor {}
|
||||
|
||||
# Dispatching proc. ALL events should be funneled through this
|
||||
# procedure.
|
||||
public proc dispatch {event}
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Events
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
# See gdbevent.ith for descriptions of event
|
||||
public {
|
||||
# Breakpiont/tracepoint events
|
||||
method breakpoint {event} {}
|
||||
method tracepoint {event} {}
|
||||
|
||||
# Set variable
|
||||
method set_variable {event} {}
|
||||
|
||||
# Busy event
|
||||
method busy {event} {}
|
||||
|
||||
# Idle event
|
||||
method idle {event} {}
|
||||
|
||||
# Update event
|
||||
method update {event} {}
|
||||
|
||||
# Architecture changed event
|
||||
method arch_changed {event} {}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
|
|||
# EmbeddedWin class definition for GDBtk.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 1998, 1999, 2001 Red Hat
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
# under the terms of the GNU General Public License (GPL) as published by
|
||||
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
|
||||
# your option) any later version.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
# GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
itcl::class EmbeddedWin {
|
||||
inherit ManagedWin
|
||||
|
||||
constructor {args} {
|
||||
debug "$args"
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
destructor {
|
||||
debug
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,205 @@
|
|||
# GDB event class implementations for Insight.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2001 Red Hat, Inc.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
# under the terms of the GNU General Public License (GPL) as published by
|
||||
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
|
||||
# your option) any later version.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
# GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# PUBLIC METHOD: get - Retrieve data about the event
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::body BreakpointEvent::get {what} {
|
||||
|
||||
switch $what {
|
||||
action { return $action }
|
||||
number { return $number }
|
||||
file { return $_file }
|
||||
function { return $_function }
|
||||
line { return $_line }
|
||||
address { return $_address }
|
||||
type { return $_type }
|
||||
enabled { return $_enabled }
|
||||
disposition { return $_disposition }
|
||||
ignore_count { return $_ignore_count }
|
||||
commands { return $_commands }
|
||||
condition { return $_condition }
|
||||
thread { return $_thread }
|
||||
hit_count { return $_hit_count }
|
||||
user_specification { return $_user_specification }
|
||||
|
||||
default { error "unknown event data \"$what\": should be: action|number|file|function|line|address|type|enabled|disposition|ignore_count|commands|condition|thread|hit_count|user_specification" }
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# PRIVATE METHOD: _init - Initialize all private data
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::body BreakpointEvent::_init {} {
|
||||
if {[catch {gdb_get_breakpoint_info $number} bpinfo]} {
|
||||
set _file {}
|
||||
set _function {}
|
||||
set _line {}
|
||||
set _address {}
|
||||
set _type {}
|
||||
set _enabled {}
|
||||
set _disposition {}
|
||||
set _ignore_count {}
|
||||
set _commands {}
|
||||
set _condition {}
|
||||
set _thread {}
|
||||
set _hit_count {}
|
||||
set _user_specification {}
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
lassign $bpinfo \
|
||||
_file \
|
||||
_function \
|
||||
_line \
|
||||
_address \
|
||||
_type \
|
||||
_enabled \
|
||||
_disposition \
|
||||
_ignore_count \
|
||||
_commands \
|
||||
_condition \
|
||||
_thread \
|
||||
_hit_count \
|
||||
_user_specification
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# When the breakpoint number for the event changes,
|
||||
# update the private data in the event.
|
||||
itcl::configbody BreakpointEvent::number {
|
||||
_init
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# PUBLIC METHOD: get - Retrieve data about the event
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::body TracepointEvent::get {what} {
|
||||
|
||||
switch $what {
|
||||
action { return $action }
|
||||
number { return $number }
|
||||
file { return $_file }
|
||||
function { return $_function }
|
||||
line { return $_line }
|
||||
address { return $_address }
|
||||
enabled { return $_enabled }
|
||||
pass_count { return $_pass_count }
|
||||
step_count { return $_step_count }
|
||||
thread { return $_thread }
|
||||
hit_count { return $_hit_count }
|
||||
actions { return $_actions }
|
||||
|
||||
default { error "unknown event data \"$what\": should be: action|number|file|function|line|address|pass_count|step_count|thread|hit_count|actions" }
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# PRIVATE METHOD: _init - Initialize all private data
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::body TracepointEvent::_init {} {
|
||||
if {[catch {gdb_get_tracepoint_info $number} tpinfo]} {
|
||||
set _file {}
|
||||
set _function {}
|
||||
set _line {}
|
||||
set _address {}
|
||||
set _enabled {}
|
||||
set _pass_count {}
|
||||
set _step_count {}
|
||||
set _thread {}
|
||||
set _hit_count {}
|
||||
set _actions {}
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
lassign $tpinfo \
|
||||
_file \
|
||||
_function \
|
||||
_line \
|
||||
_address \
|
||||
_enabled \
|
||||
_pass_count \
|
||||
_step_count \
|
||||
_thread \
|
||||
_hit_count \
|
||||
_actions
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# When the tracepoint number for the event changes,
|
||||
# update the private data in the event.
|
||||
itcl::configbody TracepointEvent::number {
|
||||
_init
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# PUBLIC METHOD: get - Retrieve data about the event
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::body TracepointEvent::get {what} {
|
||||
|
||||
switch $what {
|
||||
action { return $action }
|
||||
number { return $number }
|
||||
file { return $_file }
|
||||
function { return $_function }
|
||||
line { return $_line }
|
||||
address { return $_address }
|
||||
enabled { return $_enabled }
|
||||
pass_count { return $_pass_count }
|
||||
step_count { return $_step_count }
|
||||
thread { return $_thread }
|
||||
hit_count { return $_hit_count }
|
||||
actions { return $_actions }
|
||||
|
||||
default { error "unknown event data \"$what\": should be: action|number|file|function|line|address|pass_count|step_count|thread|hit_count|actions" }
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# PUBLIC METHOD: get - Retrieve data about the event
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::body SetVariableEvent::get {what} {
|
||||
|
||||
switch $what {
|
||||
variable { return $variable }
|
||||
value { return $value }
|
||||
|
||||
default { error "unknown event data \"$what\": should be: variable|value" }
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# CONSTRUCTOR: Create an UpdateEvent
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::body UpdateEvent::constructor {args} {
|
||||
if {[catch {gdb_loc} loc]} {
|
||||
dbug E "could not get current location: $loc"
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
lassign $loc _compile_filename _function _full_filename \
|
||||
_line _frame_pc _pc _shlib
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# PUBLIC METHOD: get - Retrieve data about the event
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::body UpdateEvent::get {what} {
|
||||
|
||||
switch $what {
|
||||
compile_filename { return $_compile_filename }
|
||||
full_filename { return $_full_filename }
|
||||
function { return $_function }
|
||||
line { return $_line }
|
||||
frame_pc { return $_frame_pc }
|
||||
pc { return $_pc }
|
||||
shlib { return $_shlib }
|
||||
|
||||
default { error "unknown event data \"$what\": should be: variable|value" }
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,220 @@
|
|||
# GDBEvent class definitions for Insight.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2001 Red Hat, Inc.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
# under the terms of the GNU General Public License (GPL) as published by
|
||||
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
|
||||
# your option) any later version.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
# GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
# For reasons unknown to me, I cannot put any of the constructors
|
||||
# in the implementation files. The very first instance of the class
|
||||
# will call the (empty) constructor in here instead of the one
|
||||
# defined in the implementation file. Sigh.
|
||||
|
||||
itcl::class GDBEvent {
|
||||
public method get {what} { return "" }
|
||||
public method handler {} { return "unknown" }
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# BREAKPOINT EVENT
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This event is created/dispatched whenever a breakpoint is created,
|
||||
# deleted, or modified.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# action ....... what type of BP event ("create", "delete", "modify")
|
||||
# number ....... gdb's internal token for the BP
|
||||
# file ......... filename in which event occurred
|
||||
# function ..... function in which event occurred
|
||||
# line ......... line number in file
|
||||
# address ...... address of BP
|
||||
# type ......... breakpoint type ("breakpoint", "hw breakpoint", "step resume", etc)
|
||||
# enabled ...... BP enabled?
|
||||
# disposition .. BP's disposition ("delete", "delstop", "disable", "donttouch")
|
||||
# ignore_count . BP's ignore count
|
||||
# commands ..... list of commands to run when BP hit
|
||||
# condition .... BP condition
|
||||
# thread ....... thread in which BP is set (or -1 for all threads)
|
||||
# hit_count .... number of times BP has been hit
|
||||
# user_specification
|
||||
# .. text the user initially used to set this breakpoint
|
||||
itcl::class BreakpointEvent {
|
||||
inherit GDBEvent
|
||||
|
||||
public variable action {}
|
||||
public variable number {}
|
||||
|
||||
#constructor {args} {}
|
||||
constructor {args} {
|
||||
eval configure $args
|
||||
|
||||
# If creating/modifying a breakpoint, then get
|
||||
# all info about it and save it away.
|
||||
_init
|
||||
}
|
||||
#destructor { dbug I "" }
|
||||
|
||||
public method get {what}
|
||||
public method handler {} { return "breakpoint" }
|
||||
|
||||
private variable _file {}
|
||||
private variable _function {}
|
||||
private variable _line {}
|
||||
private variable _address {}
|
||||
private variable _type {}
|
||||
private variable _enabled {}
|
||||
private variable _disposition {}
|
||||
private variable _ignore_count {}
|
||||
private variable _commands {}
|
||||
private variable _condition {}
|
||||
private variable _thread {}
|
||||
private variable _hit_count {}
|
||||
private variable _user_specification {}
|
||||
|
||||
private method _init {}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# TRACEPOINT EVENT
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This event is created/dispatched whenever a tracepoint is created,
|
||||
# deleted, or modified.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# action ....... what type of BP event ("create", "delete", "modify")
|
||||
# number ....... gdb's internal token for the BP
|
||||
# file ......... filename in which event occurred
|
||||
# function ..... function in which event occurred
|
||||
# line ......... line number in file
|
||||
# address ...... address of BP
|
||||
# enabled ...... BP enabled?
|
||||
# pass_count ...
|
||||
# step_count ...
|
||||
# thread ....... thread in which BP is set (or -1 for all threads)
|
||||
# hit_count .... number of times BP has been hit
|
||||
# actions ...... a list of actions to be performed when the tracepoint is hit
|
||||
itcl::class TracepointEvent {
|
||||
inherit GDBEvent
|
||||
|
||||
public variable action {}
|
||||
public variable number {}
|
||||
|
||||
# For reasons unknown to me, I cannot put this in the implementation
|
||||
# file. The very first instance of the class will call this empty
|
||||
# constructor instead of the one defined in the implementation file.
|
||||
#constructor {args} {}
|
||||
constructor {args} {
|
||||
eval configure $args
|
||||
|
||||
# If creating/modifying a tracepoint, then get
|
||||
# all info about it and save it away.
|
||||
_init
|
||||
}
|
||||
#destructor { dbug I "" }
|
||||
public method get {what}
|
||||
public method handler {} { return "tracepoint" }
|
||||
|
||||
private variable _file {}
|
||||
private variable _function {}
|
||||
private variable _line {}
|
||||
private variable _address {}
|
||||
private variable _enabled {}
|
||||
private variable _pass_count {}
|
||||
private variable _step_count {}
|
||||
private variable _thread {}
|
||||
private variable _hit_count {}
|
||||
private variable _actions {}
|
||||
|
||||
private method _init {}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# SET VARIABLE EVENT
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This event is created/dispatched whenever a "set" command successfully
|
||||
# completes in gdb's command interpreter.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# variable ..... the variable that was changed
|
||||
# value ........ the variable's new value
|
||||
itcl::class SetVariableEvent {
|
||||
inherit GDBEvent
|
||||
|
||||
public variable variable
|
||||
public variable value
|
||||
|
||||
constructor {args} {
|
||||
eval configure $args
|
||||
}
|
||||
#destructor { dbug I "" }
|
||||
public method get {what}
|
||||
public method handler {} { return "set_variable" }
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# BUSY EVENT
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This event is created/dispatched whenever the GUI or GDB is "busy".
|
||||
# This could happen when the inferior is executing or when the GUI
|
||||
# is, for example, fetching memory from the target.
|
||||
|
||||
itcl::class BusyEvent {
|
||||
inherit GDBEvent
|
||||
|
||||
public method handler {} { return "busy" }
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# IDLE EVENT
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This event is created/dispatched whenever the GUI and GDB is not
|
||||
# "busy". Receipt of this event means that the GUI should be put into
|
||||
# a state to accept input by the user.
|
||||
|
||||
itcl::class IdleEvent {
|
||||
inherit GDBEvent
|
||||
|
||||
public method handler {} { return "idle" }
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# UPDATE EVENT
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This event is created/dispatched whenever the target's state
|
||||
# has changed. When an UpdateEvent is received, widgets should
|
||||
# update their contents to reflect the inferior's new state.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Right now, this just holds the output of gdb_loc...
|
||||
#
|
||||
# compile_filename - Filename stored in the symtab
|
||||
# full_filename - Full filename of file, if found in source search dir
|
||||
# function - Function name
|
||||
# line - Line number
|
||||
# frame_pc - Frame's PC
|
||||
# pc - Real stop PC
|
||||
# shlib - Shared library stopped in
|
||||
#
|
||||
# FIXME: Should probably put frame_pc and pc into different
|
||||
# types of update events...
|
||||
itcl::class UpdateEvent {
|
||||
inherit GDBEvent
|
||||
|
||||
constructor {args} {}
|
||||
public method get {what}
|
||||
public method handler {} { return "update" }
|
||||
|
||||
private variable _compile_filename {}
|
||||
private variable _function {}
|
||||
private variable _full_filename {}
|
||||
private variable _line {}
|
||||
private variable _frame_pc {}
|
||||
private variable _pc {}
|
||||
private variable _shlib {}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ARCHITECTURE CHANGED EVENT
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This event is posted whenever the target architecture changes
|
||||
|
||||
itcl::class ArchChangedEvent {
|
||||
inherit GDBEvent
|
||||
|
||||
public method handler {} { return "arch_changed" }
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,332 @@
|
|||
# GDBMenuBar
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2000, 2004 Red Hat, Inc.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
# under the terms of the GNU General Public License (GPL) as published by
|
||||
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
|
||||
# your option) any later version.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
# GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Implements a GDB menubar.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# PUBLIC ATTRIBUTES:
|
||||
#
|
||||
#
|
||||
# METHODS:
|
||||
#
|
||||
# configure ....... used to change public attributes
|
||||
#
|
||||
# PRIVATE METHODS
|
||||
#
|
||||
# X11 OPTION DATABASE ATTRIBUTES
|
||||
#
|
||||
#
|
||||
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
itcl::class GDBMenuBar {
|
||||
inherit itk::Widget
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# CONSTRUCTOR - create widget
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
constructor {args} {
|
||||
|
||||
set Menu [menu $itk_interior.m -tearoff 0]
|
||||
|
||||
eval itk_initialize $args
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# DESTRUCTOR - destroy window containing widget
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
destructor {
|
||||
|
||||
#destroy $this
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# METHOD: show - attach menu to the toplevel window
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
public method show {} {
|
||||
[winfo toplevel $itk_interior] configure -menu $Menu
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# METHOD: set_class_state - standard method to control state by class
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
public method set_class_state {enable_list} {
|
||||
debug "Enable list is: $enable_list"
|
||||
|
||||
foreach {type state} $enable_list {
|
||||
# debug $type
|
||||
if {[info exists menu_classes($type)]} {
|
||||
set class_list $menu_classes($type)
|
||||
if {[llength $class_list]} {
|
||||
# debug "$type $state \{$class_list\}"
|
||||
foreach menu $class_list {
|
||||
# debug "$type $menu $state"
|
||||
menubar_change_menu_state $menu $state
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
####################################################################
|
||||
# Methods that deal with menus.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The next set of methods control the menubar associated with the
|
||||
# toolbar. Currently, only sequential addition of submenu's and menu
|
||||
# entries is allowed. Here's what you do. First, create a submenu
|
||||
# with the "new_menu" command. This submenu is the targeted menu.
|
||||
# Subsequent calls to add_menu_separator, and add_menu_command add
|
||||
# separators and commands to the end of this submenu.
|
||||
# If you need to edit a submenu, call clear_menu and then add all the
|
||||
# items again.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Each menu command also has a class list. Transitions between states
|
||||
# of gdb will enable and disable different classes of menus.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# FIXME - support insert_command, and also cascade menus, whenever
|
||||
# we need it...
|
||||
####################################################################
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# METHOD: add - Add something.
|
||||
# It can be a menubutton for the main menu,
|
||||
# a separator or a command.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# type - what we want to add
|
||||
# args - arguments appropriate to what is being added
|
||||
#
|
||||
# RETURNS: the cascade menu widget path.
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
method add {type args} {
|
||||
|
||||
switch $type {
|
||||
menubutton {
|
||||
eval menubar_new_menu $args
|
||||
}
|
||||
command {
|
||||
eval menubar_add_menu_command $args
|
||||
}
|
||||
separator {
|
||||
menubar_add_menu_separator
|
||||
}
|
||||
cascade {
|
||||
eval menubar_add_cascade $args
|
||||
}
|
||||
default {
|
||||
error "Invalid item type: $type"
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return $current_menu
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# NAME: private method GDBMenuBar::menubar_add_cascade
|
||||
# DESCRIPTION: Create a new cascading menu in the current menu
|
||||
#
|
||||
# ARGUMENTS: menu_name - the name of the menu to be created
|
||||
# label - label to be displayed for the menu
|
||||
# underline - which element to underline for shortcuts
|
||||
# RETURNS: Nothing
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
private method menubar_add_cascade {menu_name class label underline} {
|
||||
set m [menu $current_menu.$menu_name -tearoff false]
|
||||
$current_menu add cascade -menu $m -label $label \
|
||||
-underline $underline
|
||||
incr item_number
|
||||
switch $class {
|
||||
None {}
|
||||
default {
|
||||
foreach elem $class {
|
||||
lappend menu_classes($elem) [list $current_menu $item_number]
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
set current_menu $m
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# PRIVATE METHOD: menubar_new_menu - Add a new menu to the main
|
||||
# menu.
|
||||
# Also target this menu for subsequent
|
||||
# menubar_add_menu_command calls.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# name - the token for the new menu
|
||||
# label - The label used for the label
|
||||
# underline - the index of the underlined character for this menu item.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
private method menubar_new_menu {name label underline args} {
|
||||
|
||||
set current_menu $Menu.$name
|
||||
$Menu add cascade -menu $current_menu -label $label \
|
||||
-underline $underline
|
||||
eval menu $current_menu -tearoff 0 $args
|
||||
|
||||
# Save the index number of this menu. It is always the last one.
|
||||
set menu_list($name) [$Menu index end]
|
||||
set menu_list($name,label) $label
|
||||
set item_number -1
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# PRIVATE METHOD: menubar_add_menu_command - Adds a menu command item
|
||||
# to the currently targeted submenu of the main menu.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# class - The class of the command, used for disabling entries.
|
||||
# label - The text for the command.
|
||||
# command - The command for the menu entry
|
||||
# args - Passed to the menu entry creation command (eval'ed)
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
private method menubar_add_menu_command {class label command args} {
|
||||
|
||||
eval $current_menu add command -label \$label -command \$command \
|
||||
$args
|
||||
|
||||
incr item_number
|
||||
|
||||
switch $class {
|
||||
None {}
|
||||
default {
|
||||
foreach elem $class {
|
||||
lappend menu_classes($elem) [list $current_menu $item_number]
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# PRIVATE METHOD: menubar_add_menu_separator - Adds a menu separator
|
||||
# to the currently targeted submenu of the main menu.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
private method menubar_add_menu_separator {} {
|
||||
incr item_number
|
||||
$current_menu add separator
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# METHOD: exists - Report whether a menu keyed by NAME exists.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# name - the token for the menu sought
|
||||
#
|
||||
# RETURNS: 1 if the menu exists, 0 otherwise.
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
method exists {name} {
|
||||
return [info exists menu_list($name)]
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# METHOD: clear - Deletes the items from one of the
|
||||
# main menu cascade menus. Also makes this menu
|
||||
# the target menu.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# name - the token for the new menu
|
||||
#
|
||||
# RETURNS: then item number of the menu, or "" if the menu is not found.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# FIXME: Does not remove the deleted menus from their class lists.
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
method clear {name} {
|
||||
if {[info exists menu_list($name)]} {
|
||||
set current_menu [$Menu entrycget $menu_list($name) -menu]
|
||||
$current_menu delete 0 end
|
||||
set item_number -1
|
||||
return $current_menu
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
return ""
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# METHOD: delete - Deletes one of the main menu
|
||||
# cascade menus. Also makes the previous menu the
|
||||
# target menu.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# name - the token for the new menu
|
||||
#
|
||||
# RETURNS: then item number of the menu, or "" if the menu is not found.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# FIXME: Does not remove the deleted menus from their class lists.
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
method delete {name} {
|
||||
if {[info exists menu_list($name)]} {
|
||||
$Menu delete $menu_list($name,label)
|
||||
set current_menu {}
|
||||
unset menu_list($name,label)
|
||||
unset menu_list($name)
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# PRIVATE METHOD: menubar_change_menu_state - Does the actual job of
|
||||
# enabling menus...
|
||||
#
|
||||
# INPUT: Pass normal or disabled for the state.
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
private method menubar_change_menu_state {menu state} {
|
||||
|
||||
[lindex $menu 0] entryconfigure [lindex $menu 1] -state $state
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# METHOD: menubar_set_current_menu - Change the current_menu pointer.
|
||||
# Returns the current value so it can be restored.
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
method menubar_set_current_menu {menup} {
|
||||
set saved_menu $current_menu
|
||||
set current_menu $menup
|
||||
return $saved_menu
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# METHOD: menubar_get_current_menu - Get the current_menu pointer.
|
||||
# Returns the current value so it can be restored.
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
method menubar_get_current_menu {} {
|
||||
return $current_menu
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
####################################################################
|
||||
#
|
||||
# PRIVATE DATA
|
||||
#
|
||||
####################################################################
|
||||
|
||||
# This array holds the menu classes. The key is the class name,
|
||||
# and the value is the list of menus belonging to this class.
|
||||
private variable menu_classes
|
||||
|
||||
# This array holds the pathname that corresponds to a menu name
|
||||
private variable menu_list
|
||||
|
||||
private variable item_number -1
|
||||
private variable current_menu {}
|
||||
|
||||
####################################################################
|
||||
#
|
||||
# PROTECTED DATA
|
||||
#
|
||||
####################################################################
|
||||
|
||||
# The menu Tk widget
|
||||
protected variable Menu
|
||||
|
||||
####################################################################
|
||||
#
|
||||
# PUBLIC DATA
|
||||
#
|
||||
####################################################################
|
||||
|
||||
# None
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,396 @@
|
|||
# GDBToolBar
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2000 Red Hat, Inc.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
# under the terms of the GNU General Public License (GPL) as published by
|
||||
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
|
||||
# your option) any later version.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
# GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Implements a toolbar.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# PUBLIC ATTRIBUTES:
|
||||
#
|
||||
#
|
||||
# METHODS:
|
||||
#
|
||||
# configure ....... used to change public attributes
|
||||
#
|
||||
# PRIVATE METHODS
|
||||
#
|
||||
# X11 OPTION DATABASE ATTRIBUTES
|
||||
#
|
||||
#
|
||||
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
itcl::class GDBToolBar {
|
||||
inherit itk::Widget
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# CONSTRUCTOR - create widget
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
constructor {args} {
|
||||
|
||||
# Make a subframe so that the menu can't accidentally conflict
|
||||
# with a name created by some subclass.
|
||||
set ButtonFrame [frame $itk_interior.t]
|
||||
|
||||
pack $ButtonFrame $itk_interior -fill both -expand true
|
||||
|
||||
eval itk_initialize $args
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# DESTRUCTOR - destroy window containing widget
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
destructor {
|
||||
|
||||
#destroy $this
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# METHOD: show - show the toolbar
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
public method show {} {
|
||||
|
||||
if {[llength $button_list]} {
|
||||
eval standard_toolbar $ButtonFrame $button_list
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# METHOD: set_class_state - standard method to control state by class
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
public method set_class_state {enable_list} {
|
||||
debug "Enable list is: $enable_list"
|
||||
|
||||
foreach {type state} $enable_list {
|
||||
# debug $type
|
||||
if {[info exists button_classes($type)]} {
|
||||
set class_list $button_classes($type)
|
||||
if {[llength $class_list]} {
|
||||
# debug "$type $state \{$class_list\}"
|
||||
foreach button $class_list {
|
||||
# debug "$type $button $state"
|
||||
itemconfigure $button -state $state
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
####################################################################
|
||||
# Methods that deal with buttons.
|
||||
####################################################################
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# METHOD: add - Add something.
|
||||
# It can be a button a separator or a label.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# type - what we want to add
|
||||
# args - arguments appropriate to what is being added
|
||||
#
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
method add {type args} {
|
||||
|
||||
switch $type {
|
||||
button {
|
||||
eval toolbar_add_button $args
|
||||
}
|
||||
label {
|
||||
eval toolbar_add_label $args
|
||||
}
|
||||
separator {
|
||||
toolbar_add_button_separator
|
||||
}
|
||||
custom {
|
||||
eval toolbar_add_custom $args
|
||||
}
|
||||
default {
|
||||
error "Invalid item type: $type"
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# PRIVATE METHOD: toolbar_add_button - Creates a button, and inserts
|
||||
# it at the end of the button list. Call this when
|
||||
# the toolbar is being set up, but has not yet been
|
||||
# made.
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
private method toolbar_add_button {name class command balloon args} {
|
||||
|
||||
lappend button_list \
|
||||
[eval _register_button 1 \$name \$class \$command \$balloon $args]
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# PRIVATE METHOD: toolbar_add_label - Create a label to be inserted
|
||||
# in the toolbar.
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
private method toolbar_add_label {name text balloon args} {
|
||||
set lname $ButtonFrame.$name
|
||||
set Buttons($name) $lname
|
||||
set Buttons($lname,align) $button_align
|
||||
eval label $lname -text \$text $args
|
||||
balloon register $lname $balloon
|
||||
lappend button_list $lname
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# PRIVATE METHOD: toolbar_add_custom - Create a user defined widget
|
||||
# to be inserted in the toolbar.
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
private method toolbar_add_custom {name createCmd balloon args} {
|
||||
set wname $ButtonFrame.$name
|
||||
set Buttons($name) $wname
|
||||
set Buttons($wname,align) $button_align
|
||||
|
||||
eval $createCmd $wname $args
|
||||
balloon register $wname $balloon
|
||||
|
||||
lappend button_list $wname
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# PRIVATE METHOD: toolbar_add_button_separator -
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
private method toolbar_add_button_separator {} {
|
||||
lappend button_list -
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# PRIVATE METHOD: _register_button - Creates all the bookkeeping
|
||||
# for a button, without actually inserting it in the toolbar.
|
||||
# If the button will not be immediately inserted (INS == 0),
|
||||
# sets its bindings and appearences to the same of a
|
||||
# standard_toolbar button.
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
private method _register_button {ins name class command balloon args} {
|
||||
set bname $ButtonFrame.$name
|
||||
set Buttons($name) $bname
|
||||
set Buttons($bname,align) $button_align
|
||||
|
||||
eval button $bname -command \$command $args
|
||||
balloon register $bname $balloon
|
||||
foreach elem $class {
|
||||
switch $elem {
|
||||
None {}
|
||||
default {
|
||||
lappend button_classes($elem) $name
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# If the button is not going to be inserted now...
|
||||
if {! $ins} {
|
||||
# This is a bit of a hack, but I need to bind the standard_toolbar bindings
|
||||
# and appearances to these externally, since I am not inserting them in
|
||||
# the original toolbar...
|
||||
# FIXME: Have to add a method to the libgui toolbar to do this.
|
||||
|
||||
# Make sure the button acts the way we want, not the default Tk way.
|
||||
$bname configure -takefocus 0 -highlightthickness 0 \
|
||||
-relief flat -borderwidth 1
|
||||
set index [lsearch -exact [bindtags $bname] Button]
|
||||
bindtags $bname [lreplace [bindtags $bname] $index $index ToolbarButton]
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return $bname
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# METHOD: create - Creates all the bookkeeping for a button,
|
||||
# without actually inserting it in the toolbar.
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
method create {name class command balloon args} {
|
||||
|
||||
return [eval _register_button 0 \$name \$class \$command \$balloon $args]
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# METHOD: itemconfigure -
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
method itemconfigure {button args} {
|
||||
eval $Buttons($button) configure $args
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# METHOD: itembind -
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
method itembind {button key cmd} {
|
||||
eval [list bind $Buttons($button) $key $cmd]
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# METHOD: itemballoon -
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
method itemballoon {button text} {
|
||||
eval [list balloon register $Buttons($button) $text]
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# PRIVATE METHOD: toolbar_insert_button - Inserts button "name" before
|
||||
# button "before".
|
||||
# The toolbar must be made, and the buttons must have been
|
||||
# created before you run this.
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
private method toolbar_insert_button {name before} {
|
||||
|
||||
if {[string first "-" $name] == 0} {
|
||||
set name [string range $name 1 end]
|
||||
set add_sep 1
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
set add_sep 0
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if {![info exists Buttons($name)] || ![info exists Buttons($before)]} {
|
||||
error "toolbar_insert_buttons called with non-existant button"
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
set before_col [gridCGet $Buttons($before) -column]
|
||||
set before_row [gridCGet $Buttons($before) -row]
|
||||
|
||||
set slaves [grid slaves $ButtonFrame]
|
||||
|
||||
set incr [expr 1 + $add_sep]
|
||||
foreach slave $slaves {
|
||||
set slave_col [gridCGet $slave -column]
|
||||
if {$slave_col >= $before_col} {
|
||||
grid configure $slave -column [expr $slave_col + $incr]
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
if {$add_sep} {
|
||||
grid $Buttons(-$name) -column $before_col -row $before_row
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# Now grid our button. Have to put in the pady since this button
|
||||
# may not have been originally inserted by the libgui toolbar
|
||||
# proc.
|
||||
|
||||
grid $Buttons($name) -column [expr $before_col + $add_sep] \
|
||||
-row $before_row -pady 2
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# PRIVATE METHOD: toolbar_remove_button -
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
private method toolbar_remove_button {name} {
|
||||
|
||||
if {[string first "-" $name] == 0} {
|
||||
set name [string range $name 1 end]
|
||||
set remove_sep 1
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
set remove_sep 0
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if {![info exists Buttons($name)] } {
|
||||
error "toolbar_remove_buttons called with non-existant button $name"
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
set name_col [gridCGet $Buttons($name) -column]
|
||||
set name_row [gridCGet $Buttons($name) -row]
|
||||
|
||||
grid remove $Buttons($name)
|
||||
if {$remove_sep} {
|
||||
set Buttons(-$name) [grid slaves $ButtonFrame \
|
||||
-column [expr $name_col - 1] \
|
||||
-row $name_row]
|
||||
grid remove $Buttons(-$name)
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
set slaves [grid slaves $ButtonFrame -row $name_row]
|
||||
foreach slave $slaves {
|
||||
set slave_col [gridCGet $slave -column]
|
||||
if {($slave_col > $name_col)
|
||||
&& ! ([info exists Buttons($slave,align)]
|
||||
&& $Buttons($slave,align) == "right")} {
|
||||
grid configure $slave -column [expr $slave_col - 1 - $remove_sep]
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# METHOD: toolbar_button_right_justify -
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
method toolbar_button_right_justify {} {
|
||||
lappend button_list --
|
||||
set button_align "right"
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# METHOD: toolbar_swap_button_lists -
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
method toolbar_swap_button_lists {in_list out_list} {
|
||||
# Now swap out the buttons...
|
||||
set first_out [lindex $out_list 0]
|
||||
if {[info exists Buttons($first_out)] && [grid info $Buttons($first_out)] != ""} {
|
||||
foreach button $in_list {
|
||||
toolbar_insert_button $button $first_out
|
||||
}
|
||||
foreach button $out_list {
|
||||
toolbar_remove_button $button
|
||||
}
|
||||
} elseif {[info exists Buttons($first_out)]} {
|
||||
debug "Error in swap_button_list - $first_out not gridded..."
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
debug "Button $first_out is not in button list"
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
####################################################################
|
||||
#
|
||||
# PRIVATE DATA
|
||||
#
|
||||
####################################################################
|
||||
|
||||
# This is the list of buttons that are being built up
|
||||
#
|
||||
private variable button_list {}
|
||||
|
||||
# This is an array of buttons names -> Tk Window names
|
||||
# and also of Tk Window names -> column position in grid
|
||||
private variable Buttons
|
||||
|
||||
# This array holds the button classes. The key is the class name,
|
||||
# and the value is the list of buttons belonging to this class.
|
||||
private variable button_classes
|
||||
|
||||
# Tell if we are inserting buttons left or right justified
|
||||
private variable button_align "left"
|
||||
|
||||
#The frame to contain the buttons:
|
||||
private variable ButtonFrame
|
||||
|
||||
####################################################################
|
||||
#
|
||||
# PROTECTED DATA
|
||||
#
|
||||
####################################################################
|
||||
|
||||
# None.
|
||||
|
||||
####################################################################
|
||||
#
|
||||
# PUBLIC DATA
|
||||
#
|
||||
####################################################################
|
||||
|
||||
# None.
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
|
|||
# GDBwin class definition for Insight.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 1998, 1999, 2001 Red Hat, Inc.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
# under the terms of the GNU General Public License (GPL) as published by
|
||||
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
|
||||
# your option) any later version.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
# GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
itcl::class GDBWin {
|
||||
inherit GDBEventHandler
|
||||
|
||||
constructor {args} {
|
||||
debug "$args"
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
destructor {
|
||||
debug
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,481 @@
|
|||
# Global preference class implementation for Insight.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 1997, 1998, 1999, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2008 Red Hat
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
# under the terms of the GNU General Public License (GPL) as published by
|
||||
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
|
||||
# your option) any later version.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
# GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Implements Global preferences dialog
|
||||
#
|
||||
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# METHOD: _init - set up the tracing labels info
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::body GlobalPref::_init {} {
|
||||
if {$inited} {
|
||||
return
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
set inited 1
|
||||
|
||||
array set tracing_labels {
|
||||
0 "Tracing features disabled"
|
||||
1 "Tracing features enabled"
|
||||
max_len 0
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
foreach elem [array names tracing_labels] {
|
||||
set len [string length $tracing_labels($elem)]
|
||||
set tracing_labels(max_len) \
|
||||
[expr $len > $tracing_labels(max_len) ? $len : $tracing_labels(max_len) ]
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# METHOD: init_var - initialize preference variables
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::body GlobalPref::_init_var {} {
|
||||
set vlist {gdb/ImageDir gdb/console/wrap gdb/mode gdb/use_icons gdb/compat gdb/use_color_schemes}
|
||||
|
||||
foreach var $vlist {
|
||||
set _saved($var) [pref get $var]
|
||||
set _new($var) $_saved($var)
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# METHOD: constructor - create the Global Preferences object
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::body GlobalPref::constructor {args} {
|
||||
window_name "Global Preferences"
|
||||
_init
|
||||
_init_var
|
||||
_build_win
|
||||
eval itk_initialize $args
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# METHOD: destructor - destroy the Global Preferences object
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::body GlobalPref::destructor {} {
|
||||
foreach thunk $_fonts {
|
||||
font delete test-$thunk-font
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# METHOD: _build_win - build the dialog
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::body GlobalPref::_build_win {} {
|
||||
global gdbtk_platform GDBTK_LIBRARY
|
||||
debug
|
||||
frame $itk_interior.f
|
||||
frame $itk_interior.x
|
||||
set frame $itk_interior.f
|
||||
|
||||
# Icons
|
||||
frame $frame.icons
|
||||
label $frame.icons.lab -text "Icons "
|
||||
combobox::combobox $frame.icons.cb -editable 0 -maxheight 10\
|
||||
-command [code $this _change_icons] -bg $::Colors(textbg)
|
||||
|
||||
# get list of icon directories
|
||||
set curdir [pwd]
|
||||
set _icondirlist ""
|
||||
cd $GDBTK_LIBRARY
|
||||
foreach foo [glob -- *] {
|
||||
if {[file isdirectory $foo] && [file exists [file join $foo "icons.txt"]]} {
|
||||
lappend _icondirlist $foo
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
set width 14
|
||||
# load combobox
|
||||
foreach dir $_icondirlist {
|
||||
if {![string compare $dir $_saved(gdb/ImageDir)]} {
|
||||
set cdir 1
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
set cdir 0
|
||||
}
|
||||
set foo [file join $dir "icons.txt"]
|
||||
if {[catch {::open $foo r} fid]} {
|
||||
# failed
|
||||
dbug E "couldn't open $foo:$fid"
|
||||
if {$cdir} {$frame.icons.cb entryset "unknown icons"}
|
||||
$frame.icons.cb list insert end "unknown icons"
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
if {[gets $fid txt] >= 0} {
|
||||
if {$cdir} {$frame.icons.cb entryset $txt}
|
||||
if {[string length $txt] > $width} {set width [string length $txt]}
|
||||
$frame.icons.cb list insert end $txt
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
if {$cdir} {$frame.icons.cb entryset "unknown icons"}
|
||||
$frame.icons.cb list insert end "unknown icons"
|
||||
}
|
||||
close $fid
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
$frame.icons.cb configure -width $width
|
||||
cd $curdir
|
||||
|
||||
# searching for fixed font families take a long time
|
||||
# therefore, we cache the font names. The font cache
|
||||
# can be saved in the init file. A way should be provided
|
||||
# to rescan the font list, without deleting the entry from the
|
||||
# init file.
|
||||
set font_cache [pref get gdb/font_cache]
|
||||
|
||||
# get list of fonts, removing some that typically
|
||||
# are not useful or cause tk problems
|
||||
set fam [lremove [font families] "open look glyph"]
|
||||
set fam [lremove $fam "open look cursor"]
|
||||
set fam [lremove $fam "song ti"]
|
||||
set fam [lremove $fam "clearlyu"]
|
||||
set fam [lremove $fam "clearlyu alternate glyphs"]
|
||||
set fam [lremove $fam "clearlyu arabic extra"]
|
||||
set fam [lremove $fam "clearlyu ligature"]
|
||||
set fam [lremove $fam "clearlyu pua"]
|
||||
set fam [lremove $fam "fangsong ti"]
|
||||
set fam [lremove $fam "newspaper"]
|
||||
set fam [lremove $fam "palatino linotype"]
|
||||
set fam [lsort $fam]
|
||||
|
||||
if {$font_cache == ""} {
|
||||
if {$gdbtk_platform(platform) == "unix"} {
|
||||
toplevel .c
|
||||
wm title .c "Scanning for fonts"
|
||||
message .c.m -width 3i -text "Scanning system for fonts\n\nPlease wait..." \
|
||||
-relief flat -padx 30 -pady 30 \
|
||||
-bg [pref get gdb/global_prefs/message_bg] \
|
||||
-fg [pref get gdb/global_prefs/message_fg]
|
||||
::update
|
||||
pack .c.m
|
||||
focus .c
|
||||
::raise .c
|
||||
::update
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
foreach fn $fam {
|
||||
if {[font metrics [list $fn] -fixed] == 1} {
|
||||
lappend font_cache $fn
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
pref set gdb/font_cache $font_cache
|
||||
if {[winfo exists .c]} { destroy .c }
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
Labelledframe $frame.d -text "Fonts"
|
||||
set f [$frame.d get_frame]
|
||||
|
||||
_make_font_item $f fixed "Fixed Font:" $font_cache
|
||||
|
||||
if {$gdbtk_platform(platform) != "windows"} {
|
||||
# Cannot change the windows menu font ourselves
|
||||
_make_font_item $f menu "Menu Font:" $fam
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
_make_font_item $f default "Default Font:" $fam
|
||||
_make_font_item $f status "Status Bar Font:" $fam
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
iwidgets::Labeledframe $frame.misc -labelpos nw -labeltext "Misc"
|
||||
set f [$frame.misc childsite]
|
||||
|
||||
# This is the tracing preference
|
||||
set tracing_cb [pref get gdb/mode]
|
||||
if { ![info exists tracing_labels($tracing_cb)]} {
|
||||
dbug E "Got unknown mode value: $tracing_cb"
|
||||
set tracing_labels($tracing_cb) "Unknown gdb mode..."
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
checkbutton $f.tracing -variable [scope _new(gdb/mode)] \
|
||||
-text $tracing_labels($tracing_cb) \
|
||||
-command [code $this _toggle_tracing $f.tracing] \
|
||||
-width $tracing_labels(max_len) -anchor w
|
||||
|
||||
# use_icons
|
||||
if {$gdbtk_platform(platform) == "unix"} {
|
||||
checkbutton $f.use_icons \
|
||||
-text "Use builtin image as icon." -variable [scope _new(gdb/use_icons)]
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# console wrap
|
||||
checkbutton $f.consolewrap -text "Wrap text in console window" \
|
||||
-variable [scope _new(gdb/console/wrap)]
|
||||
|
||||
# colored backgrounds
|
||||
checkbutton $f.use_cs -text "Enable Color Schemes" \
|
||||
-variable [scope _new(gdb/use_color_schemes)]
|
||||
|
||||
grid $f.tracing -sticky w -padx 5 -pady 5
|
||||
|
||||
if {$gdbtk_platform(platform) == "unix"} {
|
||||
grid $f.use_icons -sticky w -padx 5 -pady 5
|
||||
}
|
||||
grid $f.consolewrap -sticky w -padx 5 -pady 5
|
||||
grid $f.use_cs -sticky w -padx 5 -pady 5
|
||||
|
||||
if {$gdbtk_platform(platform) == "unix"} {
|
||||
# Compatibility frame
|
||||
iwidgets::Labeledframe $frame.compat -labelpos nw -labeltext "OS Compatibility"
|
||||
set fc [$frame.compat childsite]
|
||||
radiobutton $fc.0 -text "GNOME" -value "GNOME" -variable [scope _new(gdb/compat)]
|
||||
radiobutton $fc.1 -text "KDE" -value "KDE" -variable [scope _new(gdb/compat)]
|
||||
radiobutton $fc.2 -text "default" -value "default" -variable [scope _new(gdb/compat)]
|
||||
grid $fc.0 -sticky w -padx 5 -pady 5
|
||||
grid $fc.1 -sticky w -padx 5 -pady 5
|
||||
grid $fc.2 -sticky w -padx 5 -pady 5
|
||||
grid [label $fc.warn -text "Restart required for all\nchanges to take effect"] -sticky w
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# pack it all
|
||||
pack $frame.icons.lab $frame.icons.cb -side left
|
||||
grid $frame.icons x -sticky w -pady 10
|
||||
grid $frame.d -columnspan 2 -sticky w
|
||||
if {$gdbtk_platform(platform) == "unix"} {
|
||||
grid $frame.compat $frame.misc -sticky we
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
grid $frame.misc x -sticky we
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# make buttons
|
||||
button $itk_interior.x.ok -text OK -underline 0 -width 7 -command [code $this _ok]
|
||||
button $itk_interior.x.apply -text Apply -width 7 -underline 0 -command [code $this _apply]
|
||||
button $itk_interior.x.cancel -text Cancel -width 7 -underline 0 -command [code $this _cancel]
|
||||
pack $itk_interior.x.ok $itk_interior.x.apply $itk_interior.x.cancel -side left
|
||||
standard_button_box $itk_interior.x
|
||||
|
||||
pack $itk_interior.x -fill x -padx 5 -pady 5 -side bottom
|
||||
pack $itk_interior.f -fill both -expand yes -padx 5 -pady 5
|
||||
|
||||
bind $itk_interior.x.ok <Return> \
|
||||
"$itk_interior.x.ok flash; $itk_interior.x.ok invoke"
|
||||
focus $itk_interior.x.ok
|
||||
|
||||
# We don't want the window flashing around as we change the fonts...
|
||||
|
||||
::update idletasks
|
||||
|
||||
_resize_font_item_height
|
||||
pack propagate $itk_interior.f 0
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# PRIVATE METHOD: _make_font_item
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::body GlobalPref::_make_font_item {f name label font_list} {
|
||||
|
||||
# create ComboBox with font name
|
||||
lappend _fonts $name
|
||||
|
||||
set _original($name,family) [font actual global/$name -family]
|
||||
set _original($name,size) [font actual global/$name -size]
|
||||
font create test-$name-font -family $_original($name,family) \
|
||||
-size $_original($name,size)
|
||||
label $f.${name}x -text $label
|
||||
|
||||
combobox::combobox $f.${name}n -editable 0 -value $_original($name,family) \
|
||||
-command [code $this _change_font $name] -bg $::Colors(textbg)
|
||||
|
||||
foreach a $font_list {
|
||||
$f.${name}n list insert end $a
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
itk_component add $name-size {
|
||||
iwidgets::spinint $f.${name}s -labeltext "Size:" -range {6 18} -step 1 \
|
||||
-fixed 2 -width 2 -textvariable [scope _size($name)] -wrap 0 \
|
||||
-increment [code $this _change_size up $name] \
|
||||
-decrement [code $this _change_size down $name] \
|
||||
-textbackground $::Colors(textbg)
|
||||
} {}
|
||||
label $f.${name}l -text ABCDEFabcdef0123456789 -font test-$name-font
|
||||
set _size($name) $_original($name,size)
|
||||
|
||||
grid $f.${name}x $f.${name}n $f.${name}s $f.${name}l -sticky we -padx 5 -pady 5
|
||||
grid columnconfigure $f 3 -weight 1
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# PRIVATE METHOD: _resize_font_item_height
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::body GlobalPref::_resize_font_item_height {} {
|
||||
foreach font $_fonts {
|
||||
set master [$itk_interior.f.d get_frame]
|
||||
set row [gridCGet $master.${font}l -row]
|
||||
grid rowconfigure $master $row -minsize [lindex [grid bbox $master 0 $row 3 $row ] 3]
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# PRIVATE METHOD: _change_icons
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::body GlobalPref::_change_icons {w args} {
|
||||
set index [$w curselection]
|
||||
if {$index != ""} {
|
||||
set _new(gdb/ImageDir) [lindex $_icondirlist $index]
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# NAME: private method GlobalPref::_change_font
|
||||
# DESCRIPTION: Change the given font's family
|
||||
#
|
||||
# ARGUMENTS:
|
||||
# font - the font whose family is to be
|
||||
# changed
|
||||
# stupid - the comobox widget which changed
|
||||
# implementation - the new value of the combobox
|
||||
# RETURNS: Nothing
|
||||
#
|
||||
# NOTES: The combobox has a really non-standard callback
|
||||
# mechanism: it always adds two args to the callback.
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::body GlobalPref::_change_font {font stupid implementation} {
|
||||
font configure test-$font-font -family $implementation
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# NAME: private method GlobalPref::_change_size
|
||||
# DESCRIPTION: Change the given font's size
|
||||
#
|
||||
# ARGUMENTS:
|
||||
# direction - the direction of the change (up/down)
|
||||
# font - the font that is changing
|
||||
# RETURNS: Nothing
|
||||
#
|
||||
# NOTES: See comments for purpose of "direction". Sigh.
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::body GlobalPref::_change_size {direction font} {
|
||||
|
||||
# Almost as stupid as the comobox, the iwidgets::spinint class
|
||||
# will not treat its -increment and -decrement commands
|
||||
# as command callbacks. Instead it OVERRIDES all behavior.
|
||||
# Thus, we need to call the stupid spinint's callback.
|
||||
$itk_component($font-size) $direction
|
||||
font configure test-$font-font -size $_size($font)
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
itcl::body GlobalPref::_toggle_tracing {win} {
|
||||
debug
|
||||
$win configure -text $tracing_labels($_new(gdb/mode))
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# METHOD: _ok - called to accept settings and close dialog
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::body GlobalPref::_ok {} {
|
||||
_apply 1
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# METHOD: _apply - apply current settings to the screen
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::body GlobalPref::_apply {{deleteMe 0}} {
|
||||
debug
|
||||
set changed_something 0
|
||||
|
||||
# If you are not destroying the window, then make sure to
|
||||
# propagate the geometry info from the font frame, so that changing
|
||||
# the fonts IN the window don't cause some of the buttons to
|
||||
# get obscured...
|
||||
|
||||
if {!$deleteMe} {
|
||||
pack propagate $itk_interior.f 1
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
foreach thunk $_fonts {
|
||||
set font [font configure test-$thunk-font]
|
||||
if {[pref get global/font/$thunk] != $font} {
|
||||
pref set global/font/$thunk $font
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
foreach var [array names _new] {
|
||||
if {$_new($var) != [pref get $var]} {
|
||||
debug "$var = $_new($var)"
|
||||
|
||||
if {$var == "gdb/mode"} {
|
||||
if {!$_new(gdb/mode)} { pref set gdb/B1_behavior 1 }
|
||||
} elseif {$var == "gdb/ImageDir"} {
|
||||
set ::gdb_ImageDir [file join $::GDBTK_LIBRARY $_new($var)]
|
||||
}
|
||||
pref set $var $_new($var)
|
||||
set changed_something 1
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if {$changed_something} {
|
||||
if {$deleteMe} { unpost }
|
||||
ManagedWin::restart
|
||||
return
|
||||
}
|
||||
if {$deleteMe} {
|
||||
unpost
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
after idle "
|
||||
update idletasks
|
||||
[code $this _resize_font_item_height]
|
||||
pack propagate $itk_interior.f 0
|
||||
"
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# METHOD: _cancel - forget current settings -- reset to original
|
||||
# state and close preferences
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::body GlobalPref::_cancel {} {
|
||||
debug
|
||||
set changed_something 0
|
||||
|
||||
# Reset fonts if different
|
||||
foreach thunk $_fonts {
|
||||
set family [font configure global/$thunk -family]
|
||||
set size [font configure global/$thunk -size]
|
||||
if {$_original($thunk,family) != $family || $_original($thunk,size) != $size} {
|
||||
pref set global/font/$thunk \
|
||||
[list -family $_original($thunk,family) -size $_original($thunk,size)]
|
||||
set changed_something 1
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
foreach var [array names _saved] {
|
||||
if {$_saved($var) != [pref get $var]} {
|
||||
debug "$var = $_saved($var)"
|
||||
|
||||
if {$var == "gdb/mode"} {
|
||||
if {!$_saved(gdb/mode)} { pref set gdb/B1_behavior 1 }
|
||||
} elseif {$var == "gdb/ImageDir"} {
|
||||
set ::gdb_ImageDir [file join $::GDBTK_LIBRARY $_saved($var)]
|
||||
}
|
||||
pref set $var $_saved($var)
|
||||
set changed_something 1
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if {$changed_something} {
|
||||
ManagedWin::restart
|
||||
}
|
||||
unpost
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# METHOD: cancel - override modal dialog cancel method.
|
||||
# The cancel method is actually called when
|
||||
# the window is closed. Name needs fixed.
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
itcl::body GlobalPref::cancel {} {
|
||||
# when the window is closed, we want the preferences selected to
|
||||
# be applied.
|
||||
_apply 1
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
|
|||
# Global preference class definition for GDBtk.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 1998, 1999 Cygnus Solutions
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
# under the terms of the GNU General Public License (GPL) as published by
|
||||
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
|
||||
# your option) any later version.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
# GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
itcl::class GlobalPref {
|
||||
inherit ManagedWin ModalDialog
|
||||
|
||||
private {
|
||||
variable _new
|
||||
variable _saved
|
||||
variable _icondirlist ""
|
||||
variable _original ;# Original font settings
|
||||
variable _size ;# Array tracking spinint values
|
||||
variable _fonts ;# List of all available fonts for editing
|
||||
common tracing_labels
|
||||
common inited 0
|
||||
|
||||
method _init {}
|
||||
method _init_var {}
|
||||
method _build_win {}
|
||||
method _make_font_item {f name label font_list}
|
||||
method _resize_font_item_height {}
|
||||
method _change_icons {w args}
|
||||
method _change_font {font stupid implementation}
|
||||
method _change_size {direction font}
|
||||
method _ok {}
|
||||
method _apply {{deleteMe 0}}
|
||||
method _cancel {}
|
||||
method cancel {}
|
||||
method _toggle_tracing {win}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
public {
|
||||
method constructor {args}
|
||||
method destructor {}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
|
|||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
|
||||
<META NAME="GENERATOR" CONTENT="Mozilla/4.06 [en] (X11; I; Linux 2.0.35 i686) [Netscape]">
|
||||
<TITLE>Breakpoint Window Help</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
|
||||
<H1>The Breakpoint Window</H1>
|
||||
The Breakpoint Window lists all the various breakpoints that exist in the
|
||||
program. It facilitates modifying breakpoints (make them temporary or normal,
|
||||
disabled or enabled) and removing breakpoints.
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#menus_bp">Breakpoint Menu</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#menus_global">Global Menu</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#display">Breakpoint Display</A></LI>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<HR SIZE=4 WIDTH="100%">
|
||||
|
||||
<H2>
|
||||
<A NAME="menus_bp"></A>Breakpoint Menu</H2>
|
||||
The Breakpoint Menu operates on the selected breakpoint only. If
|
||||
no breakpoint is selected the menu items will be disabled. The type and
|
||||
state of a breakpoint may be changed by selecting the desired type or state
|
||||
from the menu.
|
||||
<DL>
|
||||
<DT>Normal</DT>
|
||||
<DD>The selected breakpoint is a normal breakpoint</DD>
|
||||
<DT>Temporary</DT>
|
||||
<DD>Indicates that the breakpoint is temporary</DD>
|
||||
<DT>Enabled</DT>
|
||||
<DD>The breakpoint is active and will stop the debugger when it is hit.</DD>
|
||||
<DT>Disabled</DT>
|
||||
<DD>The breakpoint is being ignored. A disabled breakpoint will never get hit.</DD>
|
||||
<DT>Remove</DT>
|
||||
<DD>Deletes the breakpoint</DD>
|
||||
</DL>
|
||||
|
||||
<HR SIZE=4 WIDTH="100%">
|
||||
<H2>
|
||||
<A NAME="menus_global"></A>Global Menu</H2>
|
||||
Items on the Global Menu affect all defined breakpoints. Users may:
|
||||
<DL>
|
||||
<DT>Show Threads</DT>
|
||||
<DD>Toggle on/off the thread column</DD>
|
||||
<DT>Enable All</DT>
|
||||
<DD>Enable all breakpoints</DD>
|
||||
<DT>Disable All</DT>
|
||||
<DD>Disable all breakpoints</DD>
|
||||
<DT>Remove All</DT>
|
||||
<DD>Delete all breakpoints</DD>
|
||||
</DL>
|
||||
|
||||
<HR SIZE=4 WIDTH="100%">
|
||||
|
||||
<H2><A NAME="display"></A>Breakpoint Display</H2>
|
||||
The Breakpoint Display is a table of breakpoints. The first column of the
|
||||
table (unlabeled) shows a checkbutton, indicating whether the breakpoint
|
||||
is enabled (checked) or disabled (unchecked). Disabled breakpoints are
|
||||
ignored and will not cause the program to stop.
|
||||
<P>To use the Breakpoint Menu or the Breakpoint Pop-up Menu, first use
|
||||
the left mouse button to select a breakpoint from the list, then make the
|
||||
menu selection.
|
||||
|
||||
<H4>Modifying Breakpoints</H4>
|
||||
To <A NAME="display_state"></A>enable a breakpoint, simply click the
|
||||
checkbutton in the first column of the desired breakpoint so that it is
|
||||
selected (checked). To disable a breakpoint, "uncheck" the checkbutton.
|
||||
<P>To change a breakpoint's <A NAME="display_temp"></A>type, select
|
||||
the desired type from either the Breakpoint Menu or the Breakpoint Pop-up
|
||||
Menu.
|
||||
<P>To remove a <A NAME="display_remove"></A>breakpoint, use the left
|
||||
mouse button to select the breakpoint to remove and use either the Breakpoint
|
||||
Menu or the Breakpoint Pop-up Menu to select "remove". To re-install a
|
||||
breakpoint, use the <A HREF="source.html#setting_a_breakpoint">Source Window
|
||||
Display</A>.
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="display_popup"></A>Breakpoint Pop-up Menu</H4>
|
||||
The Breakpoint Pop-up Menu is accessed by using the mouse cursor to select
|
||||
a breakpoint from the Breakpoint Display and then clicking the right button
|
||||
on the mouse. The Pop-up allows expert users quicker access to the functions
|
||||
of the Breakpoint Menu:
|
||||
<DL>
|
||||
<DT>Normal</DT>
|
||||
<DD>The selected breakpoint is a normal breakpoint</DD>
|
||||
<DT>Temporary</DT>
|
||||
<DD>Indicates that the breakpoint is temporary</DD>
|
||||
<DT>Enabled</DT>
|
||||
<DD>The breakpoint is active and will stop the debugger when it is hit.</DD>
|
||||
<DT>Disabled</DT>
|
||||
<DD>The breakpoint is being ignored. A disabled breakpoint will never get hit.</DD>
|
||||
<DT>Remove</DT>
|
||||
<DD>Deletes the breakpoint</DD>
|
||||
<DT>Global, Show Threads</DT>
|
||||
<DD>Toggle on/off the thread column</DD>
|
||||
<DT>Global, Enable All</DT>
|
||||
<DD>Enable all breakpoints</DD>
|
||||
<DT>Global, Disable All</DT>
|
||||
<DD>Disable all breakpoints</DD>
|
||||
<DT>Global, Remove All</DT>
|
||||
<DD>Delete all breakpoints</DD>
|
||||
</DL>
|
||||
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
|
|||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<TITLE>Function Browser Help</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<H1>The Function Browser</H1>
|
||||
<img src="images/browser1.png" alt="layout1" width=164 height=171 align="right" border=0>
|
||||
<img src="images/browser2.png" alt="layout2" width=164 height=170 align="right" border=0>
|
||||
|
||||
<h2>Overview</h2>
|
||||
<p>The Function Browser may be used to search for specific functions
|
||||
in the executable, allowing the user to easily browse through source
|
||||
code and set and clear breakpoints at anywhere in the executable
|
||||
with ease. Its powerful regular expression searches allow the user
|
||||
to easily set breakpoints on multiple functions at once.</p>
|
||||
<p>The Function Browser has two different layouts. Both layouts contain the same four sections;
|
||||
Files, Function Filter, Functions, and Source Display.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<h3>Files</h3>
|
||||
<p>The Files section displays a list of all the source files. The files are
|
||||
read from the debug information in the program being debugged. To see
|
||||
the list of functions in a file, click on it. The function list should appear
|
||||
in the Functions Display and the source should appear in the Source Display.
|
||||
You can select multiple files by using the Control or Shift keys while
|
||||
clicking the left mouse button. When multiple files are selected, all the functions in those files
|
||||
are displayed in the Functions Display.
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
<p>At the bottom of the Files Display, you should see a checkbutton labelled "Hide .h files"
|
||||
and a button labelled "Select All". Checking "Hide .h files" will remove all
|
||||
files ending in ".h" from the Files Display. Clicking "Select All" will select all files
|
||||
in the Files Display.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<h3>Function Filter</h3>
|
||||
<p>Above the Function Display you should see a section labelled "Function Filter".
|
||||
The purpose of this section is to apply a filter to the list of functions in the Functions Display.
|
||||
For example, if you click "Select All" in the Files Display, then many hundreds of functions
|
||||
could appear in the Functions Display. To see all functions containing the string "print", for example, click on the combobox in the Function Filter and select "contains".
|
||||
Then type "print" into the box to the right and hit the enter or return key. You should see the Function
|
||||
Display updated with a list of all functions containing "print".</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>Insight remember what the last filter you used was and will always open the Function
|
||||
Browser window with the last filter settings.
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<h3>Function Display</h3>
|
||||
<p>The Function Display contains the list of functions in the files that have been
|
||||
selected in the Files Display, after running them through any filter settings in the Filter Display.
|
||||
There are two buttons at the bottom of the display that allow you so set or delete breakpoints on every function
|
||||
in the Function Display in one operation.
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
<p>For example, to set a breakpoint of every function name containing "print", follow the example in the Function Filter section to
|
||||
get a list of all functions containing "print". Then simply click the "Set BP" button.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<h3>Source Display</h3>
|
||||
<p>The Source Display shows the source code for any file selected in the File Display. If a function
|
||||
is selected in the Function Display, the first line of that function containing
|
||||
executable code will be highlighted. If no source file is found, then the function will be
|
||||
displayed disassembled.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>At the bottom of the window are two comboboxes and a text field. The combobox on the far left
|
||||
contains the function name or file location to display. Normally this is just output for your information, however
|
||||
you can type the name of any function into this box to see its source.
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
<p>To the right of this is another combobox that allows you to toggle between source and assembly.
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
<p>To the far right is an empty field. You can type a string in it and hit enter to
|
||||
search the current source file for any string.</p>
|
||||
<p>In the source window itself, you can set breakpoints just like the source window.</p>
|
||||
<h3>Popup Menu</h3>
|
||||
<p>If you click the right mouse button while over the File Browser, you should get a simple menu
|
||||
with three options; <i>Toggle Layout</i>, <i>Help</i>, and <i>Close</i>. <i>Toggle Layout</i>
|
||||
switches you between the two different Browser Window layouts. Choose the one you like best;
|
||||
Insight will remember it between sessions. <i>Help</i> pops up this help window. <i>Close</i> closes the Function Browser.
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
|
|||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<TITLE>Console Window Help</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<CENTER><H2>The Console Window</H2></CENTER>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>The Console Window provides the traditional command-line interface to GDB.
|
||||
It is very similar to the command-line you get when GDB is run with "-nw".</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#display">Console Display</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#editing">Editing Commands</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#history">History Commands</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#display_hlp">Getting Help</A></LI>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="display">Console Display</A></H4>
|
||||
The Console Display is simply a scrolled window in which the debugger prompt
|
||||
appears. By default, the prompt is set to "(gdb) ", but it may be changed via a
|
||||
command line option.
|
||||
|
||||
<P>To execute commands in the console window, simply enter
|
||||
the command in the display. If the debugger is busy, the message "Error: The
|
||||
debugger is busy." appears informing the user that the command was not accepted.</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Whenever a command is executed, the debugger's windows will update to display
|
||||
any new state information. Any output from the command is also echoed to the Console
|
||||
Window for ease of use. If an error occurs, an error message is printed to the Console
|
||||
Window. All error messages appear in the Console Window using a red typeface.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<BR>
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="editing">Editing Commands</A></H4>
|
||||
<P>The Console Window shell has many powerful features to help edit commands.</P>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI> Return or Enter causes the command to be executed.
|
||||
|
||||
<LI> Control-A moves the cursor to the beginning of the line.</LI>
|
||||
<LI> Control-E moves the cursor to the end of the line.</LI>
|
||||
<LI> Control-D or DELETE delete the character to the right of the cursor.</LI>
|
||||
<LI> BACKSPACE deletes the character to the left of the cursor.</LI>
|
||||
<LI> Control-B or LeftArrow moves the cursor to the left.</LI>
|
||||
<LI> Control-F or RightArrow moves the cursor to the right.</LI>
|
||||
<LI> Control-K deletes everything to the right of the cursor.</LI>
|
||||
<LI> Control-U deletes the text between the cursor and the start of the line.</LI>
|
||||
<LI> Control-W deletes the previous word</LI>
|
||||
<LI> END deletes the whole line.</LI>
|
||||
<LI> The mouse may also be used to position the cursor and cut and paste.</LI>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="history">History Commands</A></H4>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI> Conrol-P or UpArrow recalls the previous command.</LI>
|
||||
<LI> Conrol-N or DownArrow recalls the next command.</LI>
|
||||
<LI> Shift-UpArrow or Control-UpArrow will search through previous commands
|
||||
for commands that start with the same characters as the current line. For
|
||||
example, if you type "pr" and hit Shift-UpArrow, it may find commands in the
|
||||
history such as "print foo" or "print sol[x]". Each time you search it will
|
||||
go back further in the history. If nothing is on the current line, it
|
||||
acts just like Control-P or UpArrow.</LI>
|
||||
<LI> Shift-DownArrow or Control-DownArrow work in the opposite direction of
|
||||
Shift-UpArrow and Control-DownArrow. </LI>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<BR>
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="display_hlp">Getting Help</A></H4>
|
||||
The Console Window has its own online help system. To access the help system, enter
|
||||
"help" at the prompt and follow the on-screen instructions. For more help, please
|
||||
consult the <!-- What is this really called? --> <I>GDB User's Guide</I>.
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,133 @@
|
|||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<TITLE>Internal Debugging Help</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<H2>Insight Internal Debugging Functions</H2>
|
||||
<H3>Overview</H3>
|
||||
<P> This describes the basic internal functions for debugging Insight.
|
||||
This information is for Insight developers trying to debug Insight,
|
||||
not for users trying to debug other programs.</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Environment Variables</H3>
|
||||
<P><b>GDBTK_DEBUG</b> - Setting this variable controls the Debug
|
||||
window.</P>
|
||||
<P><b>GDBTK_DEBUG</b> may have the following values:</P>
|
||||
<DL>
|
||||
<DT>0 or unset</DT>
|
||||
<DD>The Debug window is not opened and not listed on the menu. (You
|
||||
may still open it by typing Ctrl-U in the source window.)</DD>
|
||||
<DT>1</DT>
|
||||
<DD>The Debug window is listed on the menu, but not opened.</DD>
|
||||
<DT>2</DT>
|
||||
<DD>The Debug window is opened at startup.</DD>
|
||||
</DL>
|
||||
|
||||
<HR>
|
||||
<P><b>GDBTK_TRACE</b> - This variable determines if tracing is enabled.
|
||||
Tracing may only be enabled at GDBTK startup. Changing <b>GDBTK_TRACE</b>
|
||||
while GDBTK is running has no effect.</P>
|
||||
<P><b>GDBTK_TRACE</b> may have the following values:</P>
|
||||
<DL>
|
||||
<DT>0 or unset</DT>
|
||||
<DD>Tracing is not enabled.</DD>
|
||||
<DT>1</DT>
|
||||
<DD>Tracing is enabled, but not started. To start tracing, you need to do
|
||||
so in the Debug Window or from the console. (The command to do this is "tk
|
||||
::debug::trace_start).</DD>
|
||||
<DT>2</DT>
|
||||
<DD>Tracing is enabled and started immediately.</DD>
|
||||
</DL>
|
||||
|
||||
<P><b>GDBTK_DEBUGFILE</b> - This variable contains an optional filename
|
||||
where GDBTK will write all debugging information. This information will include
|
||||
the output of all "debug" and "dbug" commands, as well as tracing, if it is
|
||||
enabled. The value of
|
||||
<b>GDBTK_DEBUGFILE</b> will not change what is displayed in the Debug
|
||||
Window, with one exception; when the Debug Window is opened, it will read
|
||||
the contents of <b>GDBTK_DEBUGFILE</b> (if it is set and not "stdout").
|
||||
<P><b>GDBTK_DEBUGFILE</b> may have the following values:</P>
|
||||
<DL>
|
||||
<DT>unset</DT>
|
||||
<DD>No information will be logged.</DD>
|
||||
<DT><i>filename</i></DT>
|
||||
<DD>Debugging information will be logged to <i>filename</i>.
|
||||
<DT>"stdout"</DT>
|
||||
<DD>Debugging information will be written to stdout</DD>
|
||||
</DL>
|
||||
<HR>
|
||||
<H3>Tcl Debugging Functions</H3>
|
||||
<P> All debugging functions have been moved into debug.tcl in the ::debug
|
||||
namespace. "debug" and "dbug" are imported into the global namespace.</P>
|
||||
<P> The following are the standard debug message functions.</P>
|
||||
<pre>
|
||||
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# NAME: debug::debug
|
||||
#
|
||||
# SYNOPSIS: debug { {msg ""} }
|
||||
#
|
||||
# DESC: Writes a message to the proper output. The priority of the
|
||||
# message is assumed to be "I" (informational). This function
|
||||
# is provided for compatibility with the previous debug function.
|
||||
# For higher priority messages, use dbug.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# ARGS: msg - Message to be displayed.
|
||||
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# NAME: debug::dbug
|
||||
#
|
||||
# SYNOPSIS: dbug { level msg }
|
||||
#
|
||||
# DESC: Writes a message to the proper output. Unlike debug, this
|
||||
# function take a priority level.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# ARGS: msg - Message to be displayed.
|
||||
# level - One of the following:
|
||||
# "I" - Informational only
|
||||
# "W" - Warning
|
||||
# "E" - Error
|
||||
# "X" - Fatal Error
|
||||
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
</pre>
|
||||
<P> These next functions are used to trace variables, which should not be
|
||||
confused with the functions tracing.<P>
|
||||
<pre>
|
||||
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# NAME: debug::trace_var
|
||||
# SYNOPSIS: debug::trace_var {varName mode}
|
||||
# DESC: Sets up variable trace. When the trace is activated,
|
||||
# debugging messages will be displayed.
|
||||
# ARGS: varName - the variable name
|
||||
# mode - one of more of the following letters
|
||||
# r - read
|
||||
# w - write
|
||||
# u - unset
|
||||
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# NAME: debug::remove_trace
|
||||
# SYNOPSIS: debug::remove_trace {var mode}
|
||||
# DESC: Removes a trace set up with "trace_var".
|
||||
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# NAME: debug::remove_all_traces
|
||||
# SYNOPSIS: debug::remove_all_traces
|
||||
# DESC: Removes all traces set up with "trace_var".
|
||||
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
</pre>
|
||||
<P> The following two functions may be used to start and stop tracing
|
||||
programmatically.</P>
|
||||
<pre>
|
||||
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# NAME: ::debug::trace_start
|
||||
# SYNOPSIS: ::debug::trace_start
|
||||
# DESC: Starts logging of function trace information.
|
||||
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# NAME: ::debug::trace_stop
|
||||
# SYNOPSIS: ::debug::trace_stop
|
||||
# DESC: Stops logging of function trace information.
|
||||
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
</pre>
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
|
|||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<TITLE>Global Preferences Help</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<H1>Global Preferences</H1>
|
||||
<H3>Overview</H3>
|
||||
<P>Not yet done.</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Global Preferences topics:
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><UL><A HREF="#">stuff</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#">stuff</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#">stuff</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
</UL></P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3><A NAME="">stuff</A></H3>
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
|
|||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<TITLE>Help Window Help</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<H1>The Help Window</H1>
|
||||
<H2>Overview</H2>
|
||||
<P>This is some nice text which describes the help window, its role
|
||||
in deugging, and perhaps some of the nifty things people can do with
|
||||
this window.</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Help Window topics:
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#menus">Menus</A>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#menus_file">File Menu</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#menus_topics">Topics Menu</A></LI>
|
||||
</LI>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#display">Help Display</A>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#display_nav">Navigating the Help Window</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#display_link">Definition and Page Links</A></LI>
|
||||
</UL></LI>
|
||||
</UL></P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H2><A NAME="menus">Menus</A></H2>
|
||||
<H3><A NAME="menus_file">File Menu</A></H3>
|
||||
<H3><A NAME="menus_topics">Topics Menu</A></H3>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3><A NAME="display">Help Display</A></H3>
|
||||
<H3><A NAME="display_nav">Navigating the Help Window</A></H3>
|
||||
<H3><A NAME="display_link">Definition and Page Links</A></H3>
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
Binary file not shown.
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 11 KiB |
Binary file not shown.
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 13 KiB |
Binary file not shown.
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 1.2 KiB |
Binary file not shown.
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 1.5 KiB |
Binary file not shown.
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 854 B |
Binary file not shown.
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 1.2 KiB |
Binary file not shown.
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 5.3 KiB |
Binary file not shown.
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 12 KiB |
Binary file not shown.
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 14 KiB |
Binary file not shown.
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 1.2 KiB |
Binary file not shown.
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 2.9 KiB |
Binary file not shown.
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 1.1 KiB |
Binary file not shown.
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 392 B |
Binary file not shown.
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 1 KiB |
Binary file not shown.
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 1.1 KiB |
Binary file not shown.
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 3.5 KiB |
Binary file not shown.
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 3.2 KiB |
Binary file not shown.
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 14 KiB |
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
|
|||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN">
|
||||
<html>
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
<title>Insight Index</title>
|
||||
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
|
||||
<meta name="GENERATOR" content="Quanta Plus">
|
||||
</head>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<img src="images/insightbwr.png" width=300 height=120 border=0>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="breakpoint.html">Breakpoint Window</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="console.html">Console Window</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="browser.html">Function Browser</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="locals.html">Locals Window</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="memory.html">Memory Window</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="register.html">Register Window</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="session.html">Sessions</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="source.html">Source Window</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="stack.html">Stack Window</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="target.html">Target Window</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="thread.html">Thread Window</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="watch.html">Watch Window</A></LI>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<hr>
|
||||
<h2>For Developers Only</h2>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li><a href="debug.html">"Internal Debugging Functions</a></li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<hr>
|
||||
<br>
|
||||
<a href="http://sources.redhat.com/insight/" name="Insight Home Page">Insight Home Page</a>
|
||||
<br><br><hr><br>
|
||||
<A HREF="license.html">GNU General Public License</A>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</html>
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,305 @@
|
|||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<TITLE>GNU General Public License</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD><BODY>
|
||||
<B>The GNU General Public License
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
</B>Version 2, June 1991
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
Copyright © 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
<BR>59 Temple Place / Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license
|
||||
document, but changing it is not allowed.
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<B>Preamble
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
</B>The licenses for most software are designed to take away your freedom to share
|
||||
and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and
|
||||
change free software to make sure the software is free for all its users. This General Public
|
||||
License applies to most of the Free Software Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to using it. (Some
|
||||
other Free Software Foundation software is covered by the GNU Library General Public License instead.) You can apply it to your programs,
|
||||
too.
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not price. Our
|
||||
General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the freedom to
|
||||
distribute copies of free software (and charge for this service if you wish),
|
||||
that you receive source code or can get it if you want it, that you can change the
|
||||
software or use pieces of it in new free programs; and that you know you can
|
||||
do these things.
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid anyone to
|
||||
deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. These restrictions
|
||||
translate to certain responsibilities for you if you distribute copies of the
|
||||
software, or if you modify it.
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether gratis or for
|
||||
a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that you have. You must
|
||||
make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source code. And you must show
|
||||
them these terms so they know their rights.
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and (2)
|
||||
offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or
|
||||
modify the software.
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain that everyone understands that
|
||||
there is no warranty for this free software. If the software is modified by
|
||||
someone else and passed on, we want its recipients to know that what they have is
|
||||
not the original, so that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on
|
||||
the original authors' reputations.
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software patents. We
|
||||
wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free program will individually
|
||||
obtain patent licenses, in effect making the program proprietary. To prevent
|
||||
this, we have made it clear that any patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. The precise terms and conditions for
|
||||
copying, distribution and modification follow.
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<B>TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
</B>0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains a notice
|
||||
placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed under the terms of this
|
||||
General Public License. The `Program”, below, refers to any such program or work, and a `work based on the Program' means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: that is
|
||||
to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, either verbatim or
|
||||
with modifications and/or translated into another language. (Hereinafter,
|
||||
translation is included without limitation in the term `modification'.) Each licensee is addressed as `you'.
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered
|
||||
by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program is
|
||||
not restricted, and the output from the Program is covered only if its contents
|
||||
constitute a work based on the Program (independent of having been made by
|
||||
running the Program). Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<OL><LI> You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you
|
||||
conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice and
|
||||
disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the notices that refer to this License
|
||||
and to the absence of any warranty; and give any other recipients of the Program
|
||||
a copy of this License along with the Program.
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
</OL>You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you may
|
||||
at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<OL START="2"><LI> You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion of it, thus
|
||||
forming a work based on the Program, and copy and distribute such modifications
|
||||
or work under the terms of Section 1 above, provided that you also meet all of
|
||||
these conditions:
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
</OL>a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices stating that you
|
||||
changed the files and the date of any change.
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in whole or in
|
||||
part contains or is derived from the Program or any part thereof, to be licensed
|
||||
as a whole at no charge to all third parties under the terms of this License.
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively when run, you
|
||||
must cause it, when started running for such interactive use in the most ordinary
|
||||
way, to print or display an announcement including an appropriate copyright
|
||||
notice and a notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide a
|
||||
warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under these conditions,
|
||||
and telling the user how to view a copy of this License. (Exception: if the
|
||||
Program itself is interactive but does not normally print such an announcement,
|
||||
your work based on the Program is not required to print an announcement.)
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable
|
||||
sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be reasonably
|
||||
considered independent and separate works in themselves, then this License, and its
|
||||
terms, do not apply to those sections when you distribute them as separate
|
||||
works. But when you distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work
|
||||
based on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
|
||||
this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole,
|
||||
and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your
|
||||
rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise the
|
||||
right to control the distribution of derivative or collective works based on the
|
||||
Program.
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with
|
||||
the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage or
|
||||
distribution medium does not bring the other work under the scope of this License.
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<OL START="3"><LI> You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, under Section
|
||||
2) in object code or executable form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above
|
||||
provided that you also do one of the following:
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
</OL>a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code,
|
||||
which must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium
|
||||
customarily used for software interchange; or,
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three years, to give any
|
||||
third party, for a charge no more than your cost of physically performing
|
||||
source distribution, a complete machine-readable copy of the corresponding source
|
||||
code, to be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium
|
||||
customarily used for software interchange; or,
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer to distribute
|
||||
corresponding source code. (This alternative is allowed only for noncommercial
|
||||
distribution and only if you received the program in object code or executable
|
||||
form with such an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making
|
||||
modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all the
|
||||
source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated interface definition
|
||||
files, plus the scripts used to control compilation and installation of the
|
||||
executable. However, as a special exception, the source code distributed need not
|
||||
include anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary
|
||||
form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating
|
||||
system on which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies the
|
||||
executable.
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to
|
||||
copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the source
|
||||
code from the same place counts as distribution of the source code, even though
|
||||
third parties are not compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<OL START="4"><LI> You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program except as
|
||||
expressly provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to copy, modify,
|
||||
sublicense or distribute the Program is void, and will automatically terminate your
|
||||
rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies, or
|
||||
rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long
|
||||
as such parties remain in full compliance.
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<LI> You are not required to accept this License, since you have not signed it.
|
||||
However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or distribute the Program or
|
||||
its derivative works. These actions are prohibited by law if you do not accept
|
||||
this License. Therefore, by modifying or distributing the Program (or any work
|
||||
based on the Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so,
|
||||
and all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying the
|
||||
Program or works based on it.
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<LI> Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the Program), the
|
||||
recipient automatically receives a license from the original licensor to copy,
|
||||
distribute or modify the Program subject to these terms and conditions. You
|
||||
may not impose any further restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
</OL>You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to this
|
||||
License.
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<OL START="7"><LI> If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent infringement
|
||||
or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), conditions are imposed
|
||||
on you (whether by court order, agreement or otherwise) that contradict the
|
||||
conditions of this License, they do not excuse you from the conditions of this
|
||||
License. If you cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations
|
||||
under this License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence
|
||||
you may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent license
|
||||
would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by all those who
|
||||
receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then the only way you could
|
||||
satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain entirely from distribution of
|
||||
the Program.
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
</OL>If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any
|
||||
particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and the
|
||||
section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances.
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents or
|
||||
other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; this
|
||||
section has the sole purpose of protecting the integrity of the free software
|
||||
distribution system, which is implemented by public license practices. Many people
|
||||
have made generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
|
||||
through that system in reliance on consistent application of that system; it is up
|
||||
to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing to distribute software
|
||||
through any other system and a licensee cannot impose that choice.
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a
|
||||
consequence of the rest of this License.
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<OL START="8"><LI> If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in certain
|
||||
countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the original copyright
|
||||
holder who places the Program under this License may add an explicit geographical
|
||||
distribution limitation excluding those countries, so that distribution is
|
||||
permitted only in or among countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License
|
||||
incorporates the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<LI> The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of the
|
||||
General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in
|
||||
spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new problems
|
||||
or concerns.
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
</OL>Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program
|
||||
specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and `any later version', you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that
|
||||
version or of any later version published by the Free Software Foundation. If the
|
||||
Program does not specify a version number of this License, you may choose any
|
||||
version ever published by the Free Software Foundation.
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<OL><LI> If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free programs whose
|
||||
distribution conditions are different, write to the author to ask for
|
||||
permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our
|
||||
decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status of all
|
||||
derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing and reuse of software
|
||||
generally.
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
</OL>NO WARRANTY
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<OL><LI> BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE
|
||||
PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED
|
||||
IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM `AS IS' WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
|
||||
PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM
|
||||
IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL
|
||||
NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<LI> IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY
|
||||
COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE
|
||||
PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL,
|
||||
SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR
|
||||
INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING
|
||||
RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF
|
||||
THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER
|
||||
PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
</OL>END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<B>How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
</B>If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest possible
|
||||
use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it free software
|
||||
which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest to attach
|
||||
them to the start of each source file to most effectively convey the exclusion
|
||||
of warranty; and each file should have at least the `copyright' line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<I>one line for the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.
|
||||
<BR></I>Copyright (C) 19<I>yy</I> <I>name of author</I>
|
||||
<BR>
|
||||
<BR>This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
|
||||
the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later
|
||||
version.
|
||||
<BR>
|
||||
<BR>This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
|
||||
ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR
|
||||
A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
<BR>
|
||||
<BR>You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
|
||||
this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple
|
||||
Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like the
|
||||
following example when it starts in an interactive mode:
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) 19yy name of author Gnomovision comes
|
||||
with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it under certain
|
||||
conditions; type `show c' for details.
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
The hypothetical commands <B>show w</B> and <B>show c</B> should show the appropriate parts of the General Public License. Of course,
|
||||
the commands you use may be called something other than show w and show c; they can be mouse clicks or menu items—whatever suits your program.
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
|
||||
school, if any, to sign a `copyright disclaimer' for the program, if necessary. The following is a sample (when copying, alter
|
||||
the names).
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker.
|
||||
<BR>
|
||||
<BR>signature of Ty Coon, 1 April 1989
|
||||
<BR>Ty Coon, President of Vice
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into
|
||||
proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may consider
|
||||
it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the library. If
|
||||
this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General Public License instead of this License.
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
|
|||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<TITLE>Local Variables Help</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<H1>The Local Variables Window</H1>
|
||||
<H2>Overview</H2>
|
||||
<p>The Local Variables Window displays all local variables in scope. It may be used to
|
||||
visualize and edit local variables. To open the Local Variables window, click on
|
||||
small house icon on the toolbar, or select "Local Variables" under the View
|
||||
pulldown menu.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Locals Display</H3>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>Pointers, structures, and classes appear in the display with small expansion
|
||||
box before their names. To dereference pointers or
|
||||
view the members of classes or structures, click
|
||||
the closed expansion box (which appears as a small plus sign, "+") to "expand"
|
||||
the listing. The expansion box changes to a minus sign, "-", indicating that the
|
||||
display is now open. Pointers, structures and classes may be expanded recursively
|
||||
to allow multiple pointer dereferences and embedded structure viewing.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>The Locals Display updates after every execution of the program and highlights
|
||||
in green those variables whose values have changed.</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>The Locals Window will, by default, display all pointers in hexadecimal and all
|
||||
other variables in decimal. To change the display format for a variable, select
|
||||
the Format option from the popup-menu.</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Editing a Variable</H3>
|
||||
<p>To edit a variable, either double-click the left mouse button on the value of the variable in
|
||||
the display or select the Edit option from the pop-up menu. To abort editing a variable's value,
|
||||
simply press the escape key on the keyboard. The variable's original value is restored.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Local Variable Pop-up Menu</H3>
|
||||
<p>The pop-up menu provides quick access to the functions of the Local Variables Window.
|
||||
To use the pop-up menu, click the right mouse button while over a variable.</p>
|
||||
<DL>
|
||||
<dt>Format<dd>Change the display format of the variable.</dd></dt>
|
||||
<dt>Edit<dd>Edit the variable's value.</dd></dt>
|
||||
<dt>Delete<dd>Remove the variable from the display.</dd></dt>
|
||||
<dt>Dump Memory<dd>Open a Memory Window with the variable's value as an aaddress.</dd></dt>
|
||||
<dt>Help<dd>Open this help page.</dd></dt>
|
||||
<dt>Close<dd>Close the Local Variables Window.</dd></dt>
|
||||
</DL>
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,240 @@
|
|||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
|
||||
<META NAME="GENERATOR" CONTENT="Mozilla/4.06 [en] (X11; I; Linux 2.0.35 i686) [Netscape]">
|
||||
<TITLE>Memory Window Help</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
|
||||
<H1>
|
||||
The Memory Window</H1>
|
||||
The Memory Window allows users to display and edit the contents of memory.
|
||||
The Memory Window Preferences controls all of the display characteristics
|
||||
of the Memory Window.
|
||||
<BR>
|
||||
<LI>
|
||||
<A HREF="#menus">Address Menu</A></LI>
|
||||
|
||||
<LI>
|
||||
<A HREF="#display">Memory Display</A></LI>
|
||||
|
||||
<LI>
|
||||
<A HREF="#prefs">Memory Window Preferences</A></LI>
|
||||
|
||||
<H2>
|
||||
|
||||
<HR WIDTH="100%"></H2>
|
||||
|
||||
<H2>
|
||||
<A NAME="menus"></A>Address Menu</H2>
|
||||
<IMG SRC="images/mem_menu.gif" HEIGHT=66 WIDTH=160>
|
||||
<P>This pulldown menu contains the following three items.
|
||||
<DL>
|
||||
<DT>
|
||||
<A NAME="menus_auto"></A>Auto Update</DT>
|
||||
|
||||
<DD>
|
||||
When selected, causes the Memory Window to update the display every.
|
||||
If it is not selected, the display will be frozen until it is selected
|
||||
or "Update Now" is selected.</DD>
|
||||
|
||||
<DT>
|
||||
<A NAME="menus_now"></A>Update Now</DT>
|
||||
|
||||
<DD>
|
||||
Forces the Memory Window to update the display immediately.</DD>
|
||||
|
||||
<DT>
|
||||
<A NAME="menus_prefs"></A>Preferences</DT>
|
||||
|
||||
<DD>
|
||||
Opens the <A HREF="#prefs">Memory Window Preferences</A> dialog.</DD>
|
||||
</DL>
|
||||
|
||||
<H2>
|
||||
|
||||
<HR WIDTH="100%"></H2>
|
||||
|
||||
<H2>
|
||||
<A NAME="display"></A>Memory Display</H2>
|
||||
Like the <A HREF="register.html">Register Window</A>, the Memory Window
|
||||
display is organized into a spreadsheet. The address of any cell in the
|
||||
Display can be determined by appending the row and column headers for the
|
||||
cell. Optionally, an ASCII display of the memory appears at the right.
|
||||
Any non-ASCII-representable byte in memory will appear in the ASCII Display
|
||||
as a control character (a dot, ".", by default). The <A HREF="#pref">Memory
|
||||
Preferences Dialog</A> may be used to alter the appearance of the Memory
|
||||
Window.
|
||||
<P><A NAME="display_nav"></A>To navigate the Memory Window, use the mouse
|
||||
and click the cell of interest. As an alternative, pressing the arrow keys
|
||||
on the keyboard will focus successive cells, from left to right, top to
|
||||
bottom. The focus will wrap from left to right, so hitting the right arrow
|
||||
key will keep advancing the address of the cell selected.
|
||||
<H4>
|
||||
<A NAME="display_edit"></A>Editing Memory</H4>
|
||||
To edit memory, simply enter the new value of the memory into the cell
|
||||
and press the enter key on the keyboard. As with the
|
||||
<A HREF="register.html">Register
|
||||
Window</A>, be careful of the input format used to enter data -- the debugger
|
||||
is capable of parsing binary, octal, decimal, and hexadecimal values. All
|
||||
entries will be padded with leading zeroes, if necessary. After you
|
||||
hit enter, the memory window will automatically shift focus to the next
|
||||
cell.
|
||||
<P>To edit part of the value of a cell, you can use the mouse to poistion
|
||||
the cursor to the exact part of the value you want to change. You
|
||||
can also use the backspace key to delete part of the value without deleting
|
||||
the whole value.
|
||||
<P>Another way to edit memory is to edit the ASCII window. To do
|
||||
this, select a cell using the mouse. Then type in a new string.
|
||||
<H4>
|
||||
<A NAME="display_popup"></A>Memory Pop-up Menu</H4>
|
||||
Clicking the right mouse button while the mouse cursor lies within the
|
||||
bounds of any cell brings up the following menu:
|
||||
<P><IMG SRC="images/mem_popup.gif" HEIGHT=100 WIDTH=220>
|
||||
<DL>
|
||||
<DT>
|
||||
Auto Update</DT>
|
||||
|
||||
<DL>
|
||||
<DT>
|
||||
When selected, the Memory Window will track changes in memory shown in
|
||||
the Display. When not selected, the Memory Window is "frozen", representing
|
||||
a "snapshot" of memory.</DT>
|
||||
</DL>
|
||||
|
||||
<DT>
|
||||
Update Now</DT>
|
||||
|
||||
<DL>
|
||||
<DT>
|
||||
Forces the Memory Window to update the display immediately.</DT>
|
||||
</DL>
|
||||
|
||||
<DT>
|
||||
Go To <I>address</I></DT>
|
||||
|
||||
<DD>
|
||||
The Memory Window Display is updated to show memory starting at address
|
||||
<I>address</I>.</DD>
|
||||
|
||||
<DT>
|
||||
Open New Window at <I>address</I></DT>
|
||||
|
||||
<DD>
|
||||
A new Memory Window is opened, displaying memory at address <I>address</I></DD>
|
||||
|
||||
<DT>
|
||||
Preferences...</DT>
|
||||
|
||||
<DD>
|
||||
Opens the Memory Window Preferences for editing the appearance of the Memory
|
||||
Window Display.</DD>
|
||||
</DL>
|
||||
|
||||
<H2>
|
||||
|
||||
<HR WIDTH="100%"></H2>
|
||||
|
||||
<H2>
|
||||
<A NAME="prefs"></A>Memory Window Preferences</H2>
|
||||
Memory Window Preference Dialog governs the appearance of the Memory Window:
|
||||
the total number of bytes displayed, the size of each cell, ASCII control
|
||||
character.
|
||||
<P><IMG SRC="images/mem_pref.gif" HEIGHT=417 WIDTH=330>
|
||||
<H4>
|
||||
<A NAME="prefs_size"></A>Size of the Display Cells</H4>
|
||||
This attribute controls how many bytes appear in each cell. Valid cell
|
||||
sizes in the Memory Window may be:
|
||||
<DL>
|
||||
<DT>
|
||||
Byte</DT>
|
||||
|
||||
<DD>
|
||||
Each cell is exactly one byte</DD>
|
||||
|
||||
<DT>
|
||||
Half Word</DT>
|
||||
|
||||
<DD>
|
||||
Cells are displayed with two bytes</DD>
|
||||
|
||||
<DT>
|
||||
Word</DT>
|
||||
|
||||
<DD>
|
||||
Each cell contains four bytes</DD>
|
||||
|
||||
<DT>
|
||||
Double Word</DT>
|
||||
|
||||
<DD>
|
||||
Cells contain eight bytes</DD>
|
||||
|
||||
<DT>
|
||||
Float</DT>
|
||||
|
||||
<DD>
|
||||
Each cell contains four bytes, displayed as a floating point number</DD>
|
||||
|
||||
<DT>
|
||||
Double Float</DT>
|
||||
|
||||
<DD>
|
||||
Cells are displayed as floating point, eight bytes each</DD>
|
||||
</DL>
|
||||
|
||||
<H4>
|
||||
<A NAME="prefs_fmt"></A>Format of the Display Cells</H4>
|
||||
The Format option of the Memory Preferences Dialog governs how the debugger
|
||||
represents the memory. Possible representations include:
|
||||
<DL>
|
||||
<DT>
|
||||
Binary</DT>
|
||||
|
||||
<DD>
|
||||
The values are shown as binary numbers</DD>
|
||||
|
||||
<DT>
|
||||
Signed Decimal</DT>
|
||||
|
||||
<DD>
|
||||
The values are shown as signed decimal numbers</DD>
|
||||
|
||||
<DT>
|
||||
Octal</DT>
|
||||
|
||||
<DD>
|
||||
Each cell is represented as an octal number</DD>
|
||||
|
||||
<DT>
|
||||
Unsigned Decimal</DT>
|
||||
|
||||
<DD>
|
||||
Values are displayed as unsigned decimals</DD>
|
||||
|
||||
<DT>
|
||||
Hex</DT>
|
||||
|
||||
<DD>
|
||||
Memory is displayed as a hexadecimal number. This is the default.</DD>
|
||||
</DL>
|
||||
|
||||
<H4>
|
||||
<A NAME="prefs_bytes"></A>Size of the Memory Window</H4>
|
||||
The size of the memory window determines how much memory is actually presented
|
||||
to the user. The total number of bytes shown can either be determined by
|
||||
the size of the window, in which case resizing the Memory Window will cause
|
||||
more or less memory to be displayed, or fixed at some specified number
|
||||
of bytes. By default, the Memory Window shows 128 bytes of memory.
|
||||
<H4>
|
||||
<A NAME="prefs_misc"></A>Miscellaneous</H4>
|
||||
Miscellaneous memory preferences include the option to display the ASCII
|
||||
representation of the memory, including what character to use for non-ASCII
|
||||
bytes (the "control" character). Additionally, users may specify the number
|
||||
of bytes per row, either by typing a number into the box or by choosing one
|
||||
from the list. The default is sixteen bytes per row. If the entered value is
|
||||
not a multiple of the cell size then it will be automatically rounded up. The
|
||||
maximum permitted value is 150 (before rounding).
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
|
|||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<TITLE>Register Window Help</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<H1>The Register Window</H1>
|
||||
<P>The Register Window lists registers and their contents for
|
||||
the selected stack frame. It permits viewing the contents of registers
|
||||
in different formats, editing register values, and some display
|
||||
customizations.</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<img src="images/reg.png" alt="register window" width=387 height=370 align="middle" border=0>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>In the image above, you can see all the registers on the left and their values on the right.
|
||||
At the top is an option menu to allow you to choose what group of registers to display.
|
||||
The groups names are preset according to the architecture being debugged. The default is "all".
|
||||
Registers highlighted in green have recently changed.
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
<P>The Register Window will update the register contents in the display
|
||||
to match the stack frame currently being viewed in the <A HREF="source.html">
|
||||
Source Window</A> and <A HREF="stack.html">Stack Window</A>.</P>
|
||||
<p>Each time the program stops, the register window will automatically update.
|
||||
Registers that have changed since the last stop will be displayed in green.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>The Register Pop-up Menu</H3>
|
||||
<img src="images/reg_menu.png" alt="register popup menu" width=396 height=388 border=0>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
To activate the pop-up menu, click the right mouse button over a register.
|
||||
This will allow you change the way the register is displayed, or to remove
|
||||
it from the display. Or you can add the register to the watch window.
|
||||
For integer registers, you can also open a memory window at the
|
||||
location pointed to by the register.</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Editing a Register</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
To edit a register, simply click on it with the left mouse button. Type
|
||||
in the new value and hit enter. You can enter a decimal, hex, or float number and
|
||||
the type will be converted if possible. You may also enter an expression to be evaluated.
|
||||
For example, to set $r3 to the same as $r4, edit $r3 and enter "$r4" as the value. In the same
|
||||
way, you can set $pc to "main".
|
||||
The value of the register is set to the current value of the expression; it will not be reevaluated
|
||||
if the expression's value later changes.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>Press the escape key on the keyboard to cancel your edit.</P>
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
|
|||
<html>
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
<title>Sessions</title>
|
||||
</head>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
|
||||
<center><h2>Sessions</h2></center>
|
||||
|
||||
Insight will save your session for you automatically. The ``session''
|
||||
is essentially a group of settings which are keyed by the name of the
|
||||
inferior which you are debugging.<p>
|
||||
|
||||
Insight will show a list of the five most recent previous sessions on
|
||||
the <tt>File</tt> menu. Choosing an item from this list will cause
|
||||
Insight to load the indicated executable and restore all the settings
|
||||
saved in the session.<p>
|
||||
|
||||
The settings stored in a session are:
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li> The name of the executable.
|
||||
|
||||
<li> The inferior's command-line arguments.
|
||||
|
||||
<li> The target.
|
||||
|
||||
<li> The path used when searching for source files.
|
||||
|
||||
<li> The current working directory.
|
||||
|
||||
<li> The breakpoints and watchpoints, including conditions, actions,
|
||||
and the like.
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
|
||||
More items may be added to this list as the need arises.<p>
|
||||
|
||||
At present there is no way to disable session saving.<p>
|
||||
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</html>
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,424 @@
|
|||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
|
||||
<META NAME="GENERATOR" CONTENT="Mozilla/4.06 [en] (X11; I; Linux 2.0.35 i686) [Netscape]">
|
||||
<TITLE>Source Window Help</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
|
||||
<CENTER>
|
||||
<H1>The Source Window</H1></CENTER>
|
||||
|
||||
<BR>The Source Window is the primary interface between the user and
|
||||
the debugger; it is automatically opened when the debugger starts. The
|
||||
Source Window displays the status of the program, controls execution of
|
||||
the program, and allows visualization of the program execution.
|
||||
|
||||
<H3><A HREF="#menus">Menus</A></H3>
|
||||
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#menus_file">File Menu</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#menus_run">Run Menu</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#menus_view">View Menu</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#menus_control">Control Menu</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#menus_prefs">Preferences Menu</A></LI>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3><A HREF="#toolbar">Toolbar</A></H3>
|
||||
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toolbar_exec">Execution Control Buttons</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toolbar_window">Window Buttons</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toolbar_frame">Frame Control</A></LI>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3><A HREF="#display">Source Window Display</A></H3>
|
||||
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#setting_a_breakpoint">Setting a Breakpoint</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#viewing_breakpoints">Viewing Breakpoints</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#display_balloon">Variable Balloons</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#display_popup">Source Pop-up Menus</A></LI>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3><A HREF="#status">Source Window Status Bars</A></H3>
|
||||
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#status_bar">Program Status Bar</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#status_mode">Source Display Status Bar</A></LI>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3><A HREF="#search">Search Entry</A></H3>
|
||||
|
||||
<HR>
|
||||
<H2><A NAME="menus"></A>Menus</H2>
|
||||
|
||||
<IMG SRC="images/src_menu.gif">
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="menus_file"></A>File Menu</H4>
|
||||
|
||||
<DL>
|
||||
<DT>Open</DT>
|
||||
<DD>Opens a file selection dialog to select the executable to debug</DD>
|
||||
<DT>Close</DT>
|
||||
<DD>Closes a previously opened executable file</DD>
|
||||
<DT>Source</DT>
|
||||
<DD>Reads and executes GDB commands from a text file</DD>
|
||||
<DT>Target Settings...</DT>
|
||||
<DD>Opens the <A HREF="target.html">Target Selection Dialog</A> to edit target
|
||||
settings</DD>
|
||||
<DT>Page Setup</DT>
|
||||
<DD>(Windows only) Opens the Windows Page Setup dialog to configure printing</DD>
|
||||
<DT>Print</DT>
|
||||
<DD>Print the contents of the Source Window Display</DD>
|
||||
<DT>Exit</DT>
|
||||
<DD>Exits the debugger</DD>
|
||||
</DL>
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="menus_run"></A>Run Menu</H4>
|
||||
<DL>
|
||||
<DT>Connect to target</DT>
|
||||
<DD>Connect to the target specified in the <A HREF="target.html">Target Selection Dialog</A>. Open the dialog if there are no current settings.</DD>
|
||||
<DT>Download</DT>
|
||||
<DD>Initiates download of the executable onto the target via the protocol specified
|
||||
in the <A HREF="target.html">Target Selection Dialog</A></DD>
|
||||
<DT>Run</DT>
|
||||
<DD>Runs or re-runs the program</DD>
|
||||
<DT>Disconnect</DT>
|
||||
<DD>Close a previously opened connection</DD>
|
||||
</DL>
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="menus_view"></A>View Menu</H4>
|
||||
<DL>
|
||||
<DT>Stack</DT>
|
||||
<DD>Open a <A HREF="stack.html">Stack Window</A></DD>
|
||||
<DT>Registers</DT>
|
||||
<DD>Open a <A HREF="register.html">Register Window</A></DD>
|
||||
<DT>Memory</DT>
|
||||
<DD>Open a <A HREF="memory.html">Memory Window</A></DD>
|
||||
<DT>Watch Expressions</DT>
|
||||
<DD>Open a <A HREF="watch.html">Watch Window</A></DD>
|
||||
<DT>Local Variables</DT>
|
||||
<DD>Open a <A HREF="locals.html">Locals Window</A></DD>
|
||||
<DT>Breakpoints</DT>
|
||||
<DD>Open a <A HREF="breakpoint.html">Breakpoint Window</A></DD>
|
||||
<DT>Console</DT>
|
||||
<DD>Open a <A HREF="console.html">Console Window</A></DD>
|
||||
<DT>Function Browser</DT>
|
||||
<DD>Open a window allowing the user to easily search for functions and
|
||||
set breakpoints.</DD>
|
||||
<DT>Thread List</DT>
|
||||
<DD>Open a window that displays all current threads and allows the user
|
||||
to change active threads</DD>
|
||||
</DL>
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="menus_control"></A>Control Menu</H4>
|
||||
<DL>
|
||||
<DT><A HREF="#step_button">Step</A></DT>
|
||||
<DD>Step program until it reaches a different source line</DD>
|
||||
<DT><A HREF="#next_button">Next</A></DT>
|
||||
<DD>Step program, proceeding through subroutine calls</DD>
|
||||
<DT><A HREF="#finish_button">Finish</A></DT>
|
||||
<DD>Execute until the current stack frame returns</DD>
|
||||
<DT><A HREF="#continue_button">Continue</A></DT>
|
||||
<DD>Continue program being debugged, after signal or breakpoint</DD>
|
||||
<DT><A HREF="#stepi_button">Step Asm Inst</A></DT>
|
||||
<DD>Step one instruction exactly</DD>
|
||||
<DT><A HREF="#nexti_button">Next Asm Inst</A></DT>
|
||||
<DD>Step one instruction, but proceed through subroutine calls</DD>
|
||||
<DT>Automatic Step</DT>
|
||||
<DD>Automatically step the program every two seconds</DD>
|
||||
</DL>
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="menus_prefs"></A>Preferences Menu</H4>
|
||||
<DL>
|
||||
<DT>Global</DT>
|
||||
<DD>Opens the <A HREF="gbl_pref.html">Global Preferences Dialog</A> and allows
|
||||
editing of global settings</DD>
|
||||
<DT>Source</DT>
|
||||
<DD>Opens the <A HREF="src_pref.html">Source Preferences Dialog</A> and allows
|
||||
editing of Source Window settings</DD>
|
||||
</DL>
|
||||
|
||||
<HR>
|
||||
|
||||
<H2><A NAME="toolbar"></A>Toolbar</H2>
|
||||
<IMG SRC="images/src_toolbar.gif">
|
||||
The Source Window toolbar consists of three functional sections: execution
|
||||
control buttons, debugger window buttons, and stack frame control buttons.
|
||||
|
||||
<BR>
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="toolbar_exec"></A>Execution Control Buttons</H4>
|
||||
These convenience buttons provide on-screen access to the most important
|
||||
debugger execution control functions:
|
||||
<DL>
|
||||
<DT><A NAME="run_button"></A><IMG SRC="../images/run.gif"> or
|
||||
<IMG SRC="../images2/run.gif"> Run </DT>
|
||||
<DD>The Run Button will start execution of the program, including target selection
|
||||
and downloading, if necessary. If the program is already running, the Run
|
||||
Button will start the program from the beginning (re-run it).</DD>
|
||||
|
||||
<DT><A NAME="stop_button"></A><IMG SRC="../images/stop.gif"> or
|
||||
<IMG SRC="../images2/stop.gif"> Stop</DT>
|
||||
<DD>The Stop Button will interrupt execution of the program (provided this
|
||||
feature is supported by the underlying debugging protocol and hardware)
|
||||
or cancel downloads. It is also used as an indication that the debugger
|
||||
is busy.</DD>
|
||||
<DT><A NAME="step_button"></A><IMG SRC="../images/step.gif"> or <IMG SRC="../images2/step.gif">Step</DT>
|
||||
<DD>Step the program until it reaches a different source line</DD>
|
||||
<DT><A NAME="next_button"></A><IMG SRC="../images/next.gif"> or <IMG SRC="../images2/next.gif">Next</DT>
|
||||
<DD>Step the program, proceeding through subroutine calls</DD>
|
||||
<DT><A NAME="finish_button"></A><IMG SRC="../images/finish.gif"> or <IMG SRC="../images2/finish.gif"> Finish</DT>
|
||||
<DD>Execute until the current stack frame returns</DD>
|
||||
<DT><A NAME="continue_button"></A><IMG SRC="../images/continue.gif"> or <IMG SRC="../images2/continue.gif"> Continue</DT>
|
||||
<DD>Continue the program being debugged, after signal or breakpoint</DD>
|
||||
<DT><A NAME="stepi_button"></A><IMG SRC="../images/stepi.gif"> or <IMG SRC="../images2/stepi.gif"> Step Asm Inst</DT>
|
||||
<DD>Step one instruction exactly. This function is only available when the
|
||||
Source Window is displaying assembler code.</DD>
|
||||
<DT><A NAME="nexti_button"></A><IMG SRC="../images/nexti.gif"> or <IMG SRC="../images2/nexti.gif"> Next Asm Inst</DT>
|
||||
<DD>Step one instruction, but proceed through subroutine calls. This function
|
||||
is only available when the Source Window is displaying assembler code.</DD>
|
||||
</DL>
|
||||
|
||||
<H4>
|
||||
<A NAME="toolbar_window"></A>Window Buttons</H4>
|
||||
The Debugger Window buttons give instant access to the Debugger's auxiliary
|
||||
windows:
|
||||
<DL>
|
||||
<DT><A NAME="register_button"></A><IMG SRC="../images/reg.gif"> or <IMG SRC="../images2/reg.gif"> Registers</DT>
|
||||
<DD>Open a <A HREF="register.html">Register Window</A></DD>
|
||||
<DT><A NAME="memory_button"></A><IMG SRC="../images/memory.gif"> or <IMG SRC="../images2/memory.gif"> Memory</DT>
|
||||
<DD>Open a <A HREF="memory.html">Memory Window</A></DD>
|
||||
<DT><A NAME="stack_button"></A><IMG SRC="../images/stack.gif"> or <IMG SRC="../images2/stack.gif"> Stack</DT>
|
||||
<DD>Open a <A HREF="stack.html">Stack Window</A></DD>
|
||||
<DT><A NAME="watch_button"></A><IMG SRC="../images/watch.gif"> or <IMG SRC="../images2/watch.gif"> Watch Expressions</DT>
|
||||
<DD>Open a <A HREF="watch.html">Watch Window</A></DD>
|
||||
<DT><A NAME="locals_button"></A><IMG SRC="../images/vars.gif"> or <IMG SRC="../images2/vars.gif"> Local Variables</DT>
|
||||
<DD>Open a <A HREF="locals.html">Locals Window</A></DD>
|
||||
<DT><A NAME="breakpoints_button"></A><IMG SRC="../images/bp.gif"> or <IMG SRC="../images2/bp.gif"> Breakpoints</DT>
|
||||
<DD>Open a <A HREF="breakpoint.html">Breakpoint Window</A></DD>
|
||||
<DT><A NAME="console_button"></A><IMG SRC="../images/console.gif"> or <IMG SRC="../images2/console.gif"> Console</DT>
|
||||
<DD>Open a <A HREF="console.html">Console Window</A></DD>
|
||||
</DL>
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="toolbar_frame"></A>Frame Control</H4>
|
||||
The Frame Control area of the toolbar displays information about the PC
|
||||
of the current frame, and the frame control buttons may be used to navigate
|
||||
through the call stack. Whenever any of these buttons are used, both the
|
||||
Source Window Display and the <A HREF="stack.html">Stack Window</A> will
|
||||
show the selected frame.
|
||||
<DL>
|
||||
<DT><IMG SRC="images/frame_info.gif" > Frame Information Display</DT>
|
||||
<DD>The left half of the frame information display shows the value of the PC
|
||||
in the current frame. The right half shows the line number of the PC in
|
||||
the source file, if available.</DD>
|
||||
|
||||
<DT><A NAME="up_button"></A><IMG SRC="../images/up.gif"> or <IMG SRC="../images2/up.gif"> Up</DT>
|
||||
<DD>Select and view the stack frame that called this one</DD>
|
||||
|
||||
<DT><A NAME="down_button"></A><IMG SRC="../images/down.gif"> or <IMG SRC="../images2/down.gif"> Down</DT>
|
||||
<DD>Select and view the stack frame called by this one</DD>
|
||||
|
||||
<DT><A NAME="bottom_button"></A><IMG SRC="../images/bottom.gif"> or <IMG SRC="../images2/bottom.gif"> Bottom</DT>
|
||||
<DD>Select and view the bottom-most stack frame</DD>
|
||||
</DL>
|
||||
|
||||
<HR>
|
||||
|
||||
<H2><A NAME="display"></A>Source Display</H2>
|
||||
The Source Display is used for many things: browsing source code, setting
|
||||
and clearing breakpoints, and a few other special functions. Executable
|
||||
lines (those for which executable code was generated by the compiler) are
|
||||
denoted with a marker (a dash, "-") in the first column of the display.
|
||||
<P>The debugger highlights the PC in the current frame in either green,
|
||||
indicating that the PC is in the bottom-most frame (i.e., it is being executed)
|
||||
or gold, indicating that the PC is contained in a frame that is not currently
|
||||
executing (because it has called another function). A blue highlight is
|
||||
used by the debugger to indicate a browsing position: the PC is contained
|
||||
in a frame that is not executing or on the call stack. All highlight colors
|
||||
are user selectable in the <A HREF="src_pref.html">Source Preferences</A>.
|
||||
|
||||
<BR>
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="setting_a_breakpoint"></A>Setting a Breakpoint</H4>
|
||||
Moving the mouse pointer over the "hot spot" of an executable line will
|
||||
change the mouse cursor to a large dot. Clicking the left mouse button
|
||||
will then toggle a breakpoint at this line. If no breakpoint exists, one
|
||||
will be installed and the dash in the left margin will change into a red
|
||||
breakdot. If a breakpoint exists, it will be removed and the red breakdot
|
||||
will revert back to a dash. The executable line marker shows the status
|
||||
of each line: an empty marker (the dash) indicates that no breakpoints
|
||||
are set at the line. A colored breakdot indicates that a breakpoint exists
|
||||
at the line (see <A HREF="#display_popup">Source Pop-up Menus</A> for more
|
||||
information on setting different types of breakpoints and their representations
|
||||
in the Source Display).
|
||||
<P>Black breakdots in the Source Window display indicate that the breakpoint
|
||||
has been disabled. To re-enable the breakpoint, click the enable/disable
|
||||
checkbox in the Breakpoint Window (see <A HREF="breakpoint.html#display_state">
|
||||
Enabling/Disabling Breakpoints</A>).
|
||||
|
||||
<BR>
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="viewing_breakpoints"></A>Viewing Breakpoints</H4>
|
||||
You can find out more information about a breakpoint by moving the cursor
|
||||
over a breakpoint. A balloon window will pop up with additional information.
|
||||
To get a list of all the active breakpoints, you will need to open a
|
||||
<A HREF="breakpoint.html">breakpoint window</A>.
|
||||
<IMG SRC="images/src_bp_bal.gif">
|
||||
|
||||
<BR>
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="display_balloon"></A>Variable Balloons</H4>
|
||||
If the program to be debugged has started and is stopped, the display
|
||||
will show the value of variables in variable
|
||||
balloons. To activate a variable balloon, simply hold the mouse cursor
|
||||
over the name of a variable in the Source Display for a second or two:
|
||||
the debugger displays the name of the variable, its type, and its value
|
||||
in a pop-up balloon.
|
||||
<IMG SRC="images/src_bal.gif">
|
||||
|
||||
<BR>
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="display_popup"></A>Source Pop-up Menus</H4>
|
||||
The Source Display has two pop-up menus. One is activated by clicking the
|
||||
right mouse button when the mouse cursor is over an executable line marker's
|
||||
hot spot. This pop-up menu looks like this:
|
||||
<P><IMG SRC="images/src_bpop.gif">
|
||||
<DL>
|
||||
<DT>Continue to Here</DT>
|
||||
<DD>Continue program execution until it reaches this point. All breakpoints
|
||||
will be ignored. Be aware that if the program never executes the line you selected,
|
||||
it will run until completion.</DD>
|
||||
<DT>Set Breakpoint</DT>
|
||||
<DD>Set a breakpoint at this line. This has the same effect as left clicking
|
||||
on this line. Breakpoints are shown as red breakdots in the Source Window
|
||||
Display.</DD>
|
||||
<DT>Set Temporary Breakpoint</DT>
|
||||
<DD>Set a temporary breakpoint at this line. Temporary breakpoints are shown
|
||||
as orange breakdots in the Source Window Display. The remove themselves automatically
|
||||
the first time they are hit.</DD>
|
||||
<A NAME="thread_bp"></A>
|
||||
<DT>Set Breakpoint on Thread(s)...</DT>
|
||||
<DD>GDB allows the user to set a breakpoint on a particular thread or threads. This
|
||||
menu item will display a dialog with a list of threads. The user can select a list
|
||||
of threads that will have breakpoints set at the selected line number. A warning
|
||||
will be displayed if there are no active threads.</DD>
|
||||
<IMG SRC="images/src_thread.gif">
|
||||
</DL>
|
||||
|
||||
The other pop-up menu is activated by clicking the right mouse button anywhere
|
||||
else in the Source Display. It is only available when a variable or number
|
||||
in the display lies below the mouse cursor or is selected (by clicking
|
||||
the left mouse button and dragging the mouse to highlight the variable/number).
|
||||
The pop-up menu looks like this:
|
||||
<P><IMG SRC="images/src_pop.gif">
|
||||
<DL>
|
||||
<DT><A NAME="add_to_watch"></A>Add <I>expr</I> to Watch</DT>
|
||||
<DD>Adds the selected expression to the <A HREF="watch.html">Watch Window</A>,
|
||||
opening it, if necessary.</DD>
|
||||
<DT>Dump Memory at <I>expr</I></DT>
|
||||
<DD>Opens a new <A HREF="memory.html">Memory Window</A> at the selected expression.
|
||||
If the expression is a variable, then the Memory Window is opened with
|
||||
memory addresses starting at the value of the variable.</DD>
|
||||
<DT>Open Another SOurce Window</DT>
|
||||
<DD>GDB allows multiple source windows to co-exist. You can, for example, have
|
||||
one window in source mode and one in assembly mode. Or you can use one window
|
||||
to browse the stack or other files.</DD>
|
||||
</DL>
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="status"></A>Source Window Status Bars</H4>
|
||||
The Source Window has two status bars which inform the user of the status
|
||||
of the program (the "status bar") and the status of the Source Window.
|
||||
<P>The <A NAME="status_bar"></A>Program Status Bar (or simply "Status
|
||||
Bar") displays the status of the program. Common messages seen here include:
|
||||
<DL>
|
||||
<DT>No program loaded.</DT>
|
||||
<DD>No program has been loaded into target memory.</DD>
|
||||
<DT>Program is ready to run.</DT>
|
||||
<DD>A program has been loaded into target memory and may be executed. Start
|
||||
the program by hitting <A HREF="#run_button">Run</A>.</DD>
|
||||
<DT>Program stopped at <I>line/address</I></DT>
|
||||
<DD>The program stopped at line <I>line</I> or address <I>address</I>. Execution
|
||||
may continue by hitting any of the <A HREF="#toolbar_exec">execution control
|
||||
buttons</A> on the toolbar.</DD>
|
||||
<DT>Program terminated. 'Run' will restart.</DT>
|
||||
<DD>The program exited. Pressing <A HREF="#run_button">Run</A> will restart
|
||||
it.</DD>
|
||||
</DL>
|
||||
|
||||
The Status Bar also displays some help information. For instance, the Status
|
||||
Bar will show the function of a button on the toolbar or the Source Display
|
||||
Status Bar as well as any keyboard shortcut for any button in the Source
|
||||
Window.
|
||||
|
||||
<BR>
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="status_mode"></A>Source Display Status Bar</H4>
|
||||
<IMG SRC="images/src_stat.gif">
|
||||
The Source Display Status Bar shows the current state of the Source Window:
|
||||
the name of the file displayed in the Display, the name of the function
|
||||
in the Display which contains the PC for the current frame (if any), and
|
||||
the display mode.
|
||||
<P>The <A NAME="file_selector"></A>Source File Selector is a dropdown
|
||||
menu which contains the names of all the files that were compiled into
|
||||
the program being debugged.
|
||||
<P>Normally, the File Selector displays the name of the file currently
|
||||
being viewed, but any file from the dropdown menu may be selected for browsing.
|
||||
Simply select the file to view from the available choices (or type it directly
|
||||
into the File Selector) and the Source Window will load that file into
|
||||
the Display. To return to the PC of the program, simply press the
|
||||
<A HREF="#bottom_button">Bottom
|
||||
Frame Control Button</A>.
|
||||
<P>The <A NAME="function_selector"></A>Source Function Selector displays
|
||||
the name of the function containing the Source Window's PC, if one exists,
|
||||
but it may be used to browse any function in the current file. Simply type
|
||||
the name of the desired function into the Function Selector or select it
|
||||
from the dropdown menu. The Source Window's PC is updated to point at this
|
||||
function. To return to the PC of the program, simply press the
|
||||
<A HREF="#bottom_button">Bottom
|
||||
Frame Control Button</A>.
|
||||
<P>The <A NAME="mode_selector"></A>Source Display Mode Selector displays
|
||||
the viewing mode of the current file/function shown in the Source Window
|
||||
Display.
|
||||
<P>The function of the "step" keyboard shortcut will differ depending on
|
||||
the mode the Source Window Display. "Stepping" in Source Mode (or in the
|
||||
Source Pane of SRC+ASM Mode) will cause a source-level step. "Stepping"
|
||||
in Assembly or Mixed Mode (or in the Assembly Pane of the SRC+ASM Mode)
|
||||
will cause the debugger to step exactly one machine instruction. This also
|
||||
applies to the shortcut for "next".
|
||||
<P>The Display Mode Selector may be used to change the view of the current
|
||||
source file. The available display modes are
|
||||
<DL>
|
||||
<DT>SOURCE</DT>
|
||||
<DD>The contents of the Display are shown as source code. If source code is
|
||||
not available (either because no debugging information is available or
|
||||
the source file is not found), the Source Window will temporarily set the Display
|
||||
Mode to "ASSEMBLY".</DD>
|
||||
<DT>ASSEMBLY</DT>
|
||||
<DD>A disassembly of the target's memory is shown in the Display. Even assembly
|
||||
source files show a disassembly of target memory; to see the assembly source
|
||||
code, use the SOURCE mode. Note that the debugger can only display assembly
|
||||
code on a function-by-function basis. It cannot display all the instructions
|
||||
generated from a single source file.</DD>
|
||||
<DT>MIXED</DT>
|
||||
<DD>The Display shows source code mixed with the assembler instructions which
|
||||
were generated for those lines by the compiler for the current function.
|
||||
Note that the addresses of the assembly lines is not necessarily monotonically
|
||||
increasing. If the source file associated with the function cannot be found,
|
||||
the Source Window will revert to ASSEMBLY mode.</DD>
|
||||
<DT>SRC+ASM</DT>
|
||||
<DD>The Source Window Display is divided into two panes: an assembly pane and
|
||||
a source pane. Breakpoints may be set/cleared in either pane.</DD>
|
||||
</DL>
|
||||
|
||||
<HR>
|
||||
|
||||
<H2><A NAME="search"></A>Search Entry</H2>
|
||||
The Search Entry facilitates searching for text in the Source Window Display.
|
||||
Simply enter the text to be found into the Search Entry and press the Enter
|
||||
key on the keyboard to search forwards in the Source Window Display (hold
|
||||
down the Shift key to search backwards). If a match is found, it is highlighted
|
||||
in the Source Window and the Program Status Bar displays information about
|
||||
where the match was found.
|
||||
<P>The Search Entry can also jump the Source Window to a specific line.
|
||||
Enter the line number preceded by an "at" sign (@) into the Search Entry
|
||||
and press enter. If entered line number is greater than the total number
|
||||
of lines in the Source Window Display, the Display will jump to the end
|
||||
of the current file.
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
|
|||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<TITLE>Source Window Preferences Help</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<H1>Source Window Preferences</H1>
|
||||
<H3>Overview</H3>
|
||||
<P>Not yet done.</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Source Preferences topics:
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><UL><A HREF="#">stuff</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#">stuff</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#">stuff</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
</UL></P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3><A NAME="">stuff</A></H3>
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
|
|||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<TITLE>Stack Window Help</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
|
||||
<CENTER>
|
||||
<H2>The Stack Window</H2>
|
||||
</CENTER>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<BR>The Stack Window allows users to view the call stack and jump between
|
||||
levels of the stack.
|
||||
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#display">Stack Display</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#display_nav">Navigating the Stack Window</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#display_lvl">Changing the Stack Level</A></LI>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<H2><A NAME="display">Stack Display</A></H2>
|
||||
The Stack Display consists of a listbox which displays levels of the call stack
|
||||
on per line. Each line contains the level number (useful when using the
|
||||
<A HREF="console.html">Console Window</A>) and a description of the function executing
|
||||
in that level. Typically, the function name and either the address of the function
|
||||
or the file and line number where the function is defined are displayed. The
|
||||
Stack Window may also be used to jump between levels of the stack.
|
||||
<BR>
|
||||
|
||||
<H2><A NAME="display_nav">Navigating the Stack Window</A></H2>
|
||||
Navigation of the Stack Window is accomplished by clicking on the desired level
|
||||
with the left mouse button. The <A HREF="source.html#display">Source Window
|
||||
Display</A> updates to show the selected frame. All other secondary windows,
|
||||
<A HREF="register.html">Registers</A>, <A HREF="watch.html">Watch</A>, and
|
||||
<A HREF="locals.html">Locals</A> update their displays for the selected frame.
|
||||
<BR>
|
||||
|
||||
<H2><A NAME="display_lvl">Changing Stack Levels</A></H2>
|
||||
To switch frames, simply click the left mouse button on the desired frame and the
|
||||
debugger will switch contexts, updating all windows. The selected frame is highlighted
|
||||
(in gold, by default).
|
||||
|
||||
<P>As an alternative, changing stack levels may be accomplished via the
|
||||
<A HREF="source.html#toolbar_frame">Frame Control Buttons</A> on the Source Window's
|
||||
Toolbar. These buttons may be used to change frames one level at a time (either
|
||||
immediately up or immediately down) or to jump to the bottom-most stack frame.
|
||||
See <A HREF="source.html#toolbar_frame">Source Frame Control Buttons</A> for more
|
||||
information.</P>
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
|
|||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<TITLE>Target Selection Help</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<H1>The Target Selection Dialog</H1>
|
||||
<h2>Overview</h2>
|
||||
<P>The Target Selection Dialog allows users to specify the debug target,
|
||||
the interface used to connect to the target, and some useful run
|
||||
options.</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<h3><A HREF="#select">Selecting a Target</A></h3>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#select">Specifying a Target</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#select_int">Choosing a Connection Interface</A></LI>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<h3><A HREF="#options">Options</A></h3>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#options_run_until_main">Run until 'main'</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#options_bp_at_exit">Set breakpoint at 'exit'</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#options_set_bp_at">Set user-specifid breakpoint</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#options_download_dialog">Display Download Dialog</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#options_use_xterm">Use xterm for inferior's tty (unix only)
|
||||
</A></LI>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<h3><A HREF="#more_options">More Options</A></h3>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#more_options_attach">Attach to Target</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#more_options_load">Download Program</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#more_options_run">Run Program</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#more_options_cont">Continue from Last Stop</A></LI>
|
||||
</UL></P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3><A NAME="select">Selecting a Target</A></H3>
|
||||
Selecting a target involves choosing a target for debugging and setting connection
|
||||
interface options for the target.
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Common targets include: "Exec" for native debuggers, "Remote/Serial" for establishing
|
||||
a connection to a target board via a serial line, "Remote/TCP" for TCP connections,
|
||||
and "Simulator" for connections to the simulator. There may be more depending on the
|
||||
configuration of the debugger being used.</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>In general, "remote" targets are always serial connections which require the user
|
||||
to specify the serial port and baud rate to be used for the connection and
|
||||
"remote/tcp" targets are always TCP connections which require specifying the hostname
|
||||
and port number of the machine to which to connect. Depending upon configuration,
|
||||
there may be numerous serial- and TCP-based connections. These always follow the
|
||||
naming convention <I>target</I>/Serial and <I>target</I>/TCP.</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>To select a target, choose one of the available targets
|
||||
from the dropdown menu in the Connection Frame. Then <A NAME="#select_int">specify
|
||||
the interface options</A> for this target: selecting the baudrate and serial port
|
||||
from the dropdown menus (serial targets only) or entering the hostname and port number
|
||||
(TCP targets only).</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3><A NAME="options">Options</A></H3>
|
||||
Three run options which may be selected include:
|
||||
<DL>
|
||||
<DT><A NAME="options_run_until_main">Run until 'main'</A>
|
||||
<DD>Sets a breakpoint at main()
|
||||
<DT><A NAME="options_bp_at_exit">Set breakpoint at 'exit'</A>
|
||||
<DD>Sets a breakpoint at exit()
|
||||
<DT><A NAME="options_set_bp_at">Set breakpoint at</A>
|
||||
<DD>Sets a breakpoint at a user-specified locaiton</A>
|
||||
<DT><A NAME="options_download_dialog">Display Download Dialog</A>
|
||||
<DD>Displays a dialog showing the progress of the download to
|
||||
the target section by section
|
||||
<DT><A NAME="options_use_xterm">Use xterm as inferior's tty</A>
|
||||
<DD>Causes insight to open a tty for inferior I/O (unix versions
|
||||
only)
|
||||
</DL>
|
||||
<BR>
|
||||
<H3><A NAME="more_options">More Options</A></H3>
|
||||
Several additional run options may be set for each target from the Target Selection
|
||||
Dialog. These options govern the behavior of the debugger's
|
||||
<A NAME="source.html#run_button">Run Button</A>. The debugger automatically selects
|
||||
default values for these options whenever a target is selected with the dropdown menu
|
||||
in the Connection Frame. To modify this default behavior, click the small triangle
|
||||
next to "More Options" at the bottom of the dialog. The Run Options for the current
|
||||
target are displayed, allowing modification of the actions for the target. When the
|
||||
"OK" button is selected, these settings are saved and will be used as the default
|
||||
for the target in future sessions.
|
||||
|
||||
<DL>
|
||||
<DT><A NAME="more_options_attach">Attach to Target</A>
|
||||
<DD>Establish a connection to the target board.
|
||||
<DT><A NAME="more_options_load">Download Program</A>
|
||||
<DD>Download the program to the target board.
|
||||
<DT><A NAME="more_options_run">Run Program</A>
|
||||
<DD>Run the program on the target board, creating a new
|
||||
"process". This option may not be specified along with
|
||||
the continue option. See note below.
|
||||
<DT><A NAME="more_options_cont">Continue from Last Stop</A>
|
||||
<DD>Continue the program on the target board from where
|
||||
it last stopped. This option may not be specified
|
||||
along with the "run" option. See note below.
|
||||
</DL>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Note that all remote targets typically do not "run" programs. Since target
|
||||
boards are usually incapable of creating a new "process", these targets
|
||||
seldom "Run". The defaults for all remote targets reflect this distinction: they
|
||||
are all set to "Continue".</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Only one of the options "Run Program" and "Continue from Last Stop" may be used.
|
||||
Typically, the default behavior of this setting should not be altered.</P>
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
|
|||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<TITLE>Thread Window Help</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
|
||||
<CENTER>
|
||||
<H2>The Thread Window</H2>
|
||||
</CENTER>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<BR>The Thread Window displays a list of threads and/or processes. The exact
|
||||
contents are OS-specific.
|
||||
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#display">Thread Display</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#current">Changing the Current Thread</A></LI>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#bp">Setting Breakpoints on Thread(s)</A></LI>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<H2><A NAME="display">Thread Display</A></H2>
|
||||
The Thread Display consists of a listbox which displays information on
|
||||
threads and/or processes that are part of the executable being debugged.
|
||||
The first column is the GDB thread number, which is used internally by GDB
|
||||
to track the thread. The rest of the columns are OS-dependent. The output is identical
|
||||
to the output of the console command "info threads".
|
||||
<BR>
|
||||
|
||||
<H2><A NAME="current">Changing the Current Thread</A></H2>
|
||||
The source window can only display the current location and source for one thread
|
||||
at a time. That thread is called the "current thread".
|
||||
To change the current thread, simply click the left mouse button on the desired
|
||||
line and the
|
||||
debugger will switch contexts, updating all windows. The current thread will
|
||||
be highlighted.
|
||||
<BR>
|
||||
|
||||
<H2><A NAME="bp">Setting Breakpoints on Thread(s)</A></H2>
|
||||
Normally if you set a breakpoint on a line or function, every thread that hits
|
||||
that location will stop execution and return to the debugger. To set a breakpoint
|
||||
or a specific thread or threads, you need to use the source window. See
|
||||
<A HREF="source.html#thread_bp">Set Breakpoint on Threads</A>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
|
|||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<TITLE>Console Window Help</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<H1>The Console Window</H1>
|
||||
<H3>Overview</H3>
|
||||
<P>The Console Window is perhaps the most powerful tool in the debugger. It
|
||||
provides functionality equivalent to almost all of the debugger's secondary
|
||||
windows, macro definitions, and other more advanced features.</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Console Window topics:
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><UL><A HREF="#display">Console Display</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#display_cmd">Executing Commands</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#display_hlp">Getting Help</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
</UL></P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3><A NAME="display">Console Display</A></H3>
|
||||
The Console Display is simply a scrolled window in which the debugger prompt
|
||||
appears. By default, the prompt is set to "(gdb) ", but it may be changed via a
|
||||
command line option.
|
||||
|
||||
<P>To <A NAME="display_cmd">execute commands</A> in the console window, simply enter
|
||||
the command in the display. If the debugger is busy, the message "Error: The
|
||||
debugger is busy." appears informing the user that the command was not accepted.</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Whenever a command is executed, the debugger's windows will update to display
|
||||
any new state information. Any output from the command is also echoed to the Console
|
||||
Window for ease of use. If an error occurs, an error message is printed to the Console
|
||||
Window. All error messages appear in the Console Window using a red colored typeface.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>The Console Window responds to special character commands just as a shell window
|
||||
does: it has a history mechanism which allows the user to scan previously used commands
|
||||
by pressing the up and down arrow keys on the keyboard, jumping to the beginning or
|
||||
end of a line by entering Ctrl-A or Ctrl-E, erasing a line by pressing Ctrl-K, and
|
||||
more. Users familiar with GNU Emacs will recognize these keys as commonly used
|
||||
keystrokes from that editor.</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3><A NAME="display_hlp">Getting Help</A></H3>
|
||||
The Console Window has its own online help system. To access the help system, enter
|
||||
"help" at the prompt and follow the on-screen instructions. For more help, please
|
||||
consult the <!-- What is this really called? --> <I>GDB User's Guide</I>.
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
|
|||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<TITLE>Global Preferences Help</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<H1>Global Preferences</H1>
|
||||
<H3>Overview</H3>
|
||||
<P>Not yet done.</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Global Preferences topics:
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><UL><A HREF="#">stuff</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#">stuff</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#">stuff</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
</UL></P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3><A NAME="">stuff</A></H3>
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
|
|||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<TITLE>Help Window Help</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<H1>The Help Window</H1>
|
||||
<H2>Overview</H2>
|
||||
<P>This is some nice text which describes the help window, its role
|
||||
in deugging, and perhaps some of the nifty things people can do with
|
||||
this window.</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Help Window topics:
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><UL><A HREF="#menus">Menus</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#menus_file">File Menu</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#menus_topics">Topics Menu</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<LI><UL><A HREF="#display">Help Display</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#display_nav">Navigating the Help Window</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#display_link">Definition and Page Links</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
</UL></P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H2><A NAME="menus">Menus</A></H2>
|
||||
<H3><A NAME="menus_file">File Menu</A></H3>
|
||||
<H3><A NAME="menus_topics">Topics Menu</A></H3>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3><A NAME="display">Help Display</A></H3>
|
||||
<H3><A NAME="display_nav">Navigating the Help Window</A></H3>
|
||||
<H3><A NAME="display_link">Definition and Page Links</A></H3>
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
|
|||
{Source Window} {source.html} {The Source Window}
|
||||
{Register Window} {register.html} {The Register Window}
|
||||
{Memory Window} {memory.html} {The Memory Window}
|
||||
{Locals Window} {locals.html} {The Locals Window}
|
||||
{Watch Window} {watch.html} {The Watch Window}
|
||||
{Tracepoint Window} {tp.html} {The Tracepoint Window}
|
||||
{Console Window} {console.html} {The Console Window}
|
||||
{Stack Window} {stack.html} {The Stack Window}
|
||||
{TDump Window} {tdump.html} {The Tracepoint Dump Window}
|
||||
{GPL} {license.html} {The GNU Public License}
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,305 @@
|
|||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<TITLE>GNU General Public License</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD><BODY>
|
||||
<B>The GNU General Public License
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
</B>Version 2, June 1991
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
Copyright © 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
<BR>59 Temple Place / Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license
|
||||
document, but changing it is not allowed.
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<B>Preamble
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
</B>The licenses for most software are designed to take away your freedom to share
|
||||
and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and
|
||||
change free software to make sure the software is free for all its users. This General Public
|
||||
License applies to most of the Free Software Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to using it. (Some
|
||||
other Free Software Foundation software is covered by the GNU Library General Public License instead.) You can apply it to your programs,
|
||||
too.
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not price. Our
|
||||
General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the freedom to
|
||||
distribute copies of free software (and charge for this service if you wish),
|
||||
that you receive source code or can get it if you want it, that you can change the
|
||||
software or use pieces of it in new free programs; and that you know you can
|
||||
do these things.
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid anyone to
|
||||
deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. These restrictions
|
||||
translate to certain responsibilities for you if you distribute copies of the
|
||||
software, or if you modify it.
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether gratis or for
|
||||
a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that you have. You must
|
||||
make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source code. And you must show
|
||||
them these terms so they know their rights.
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and (2)
|
||||
offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or
|
||||
modify the software.
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain that everyone understands that
|
||||
there is no warranty for this free software. If the software is modified by
|
||||
someone else and passed on, we want its recipients to know that what they have is
|
||||
not the original, so that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on
|
||||
the original authors' reputations.
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software patents. We
|
||||
wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free program will individually
|
||||
obtain patent licenses, in effect making the program proprietary. To prevent
|
||||
this, we have made it clear that any patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. The precise terms and conditions for
|
||||
copying, distribution and modification follow.
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<B>TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
</B>0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains a notice
|
||||
placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed under the terms of this
|
||||
General Public License. The `Program”, below, refers to any such program or work, and a `work based on the Program' means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: that is
|
||||
to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, either verbatim or
|
||||
with modifications and/or translated into another language. (Hereinafter,
|
||||
translation is included without limitation in the term `modification'.) Each licensee is addressed as `you'.
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered
|
||||
by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program is
|
||||
not restricted, and the output from the Program is covered only if its contents
|
||||
constitute a work based on the Program (independent of having been made by
|
||||
running the Program). Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<OL><LI> You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you
|
||||
conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice and
|
||||
disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the notices that refer to this License
|
||||
and to the absence of any warranty; and give any other recipients of the Program
|
||||
a copy of this License along with the Program.
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
</OL>You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you may
|
||||
at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<OL START="2"><LI> You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion of it, thus
|
||||
forming a work based on the Program, and copy and distribute such modifications
|
||||
or work under the terms of Section 1 above, provided that you also meet all of
|
||||
these conditions:
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
</OL>a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices stating that you
|
||||
changed the files and the date of any change.
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in whole or in
|
||||
part contains or is derived from the Program or any part thereof, to be licensed
|
||||
as a whole at no charge to all third parties under the terms of this License.
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively when run, you
|
||||
must cause it, when started running for such interactive use in the most ordinary
|
||||
way, to print or display an announcement including an appropriate copyright
|
||||
notice and a notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide a
|
||||
warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under these conditions,
|
||||
and telling the user how to view a copy of this License. (Exception: if the
|
||||
Program itself is interactive but does not normally print such an announcement,
|
||||
your work based on the Program is not required to print an announcement.)
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable
|
||||
sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be reasonably
|
||||
considered independent and separate works in themselves, then this License, and its
|
||||
terms, do not apply to those sections when you distribute them as separate
|
||||
works. But when you distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work
|
||||
based on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
|
||||
this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole,
|
||||
and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your
|
||||
rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise the
|
||||
right to control the distribution of derivative or collective works based on the
|
||||
Program.
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with
|
||||
the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage or
|
||||
distribution medium does not bring the other work under the scope of this License.
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<OL START="3"><LI> You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, under Section
|
||||
2) in object code or executable form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above
|
||||
provided that you also do one of the following:
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
</OL>a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code,
|
||||
which must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium
|
||||
customarily used for software interchange; or,
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three years, to give any
|
||||
third party, for a charge no more than your cost of physically performing
|
||||
source distribution, a complete machine-readable copy of the corresponding source
|
||||
code, to be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium
|
||||
customarily used for software interchange; or,
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer to distribute
|
||||
corresponding source code. (This alternative is allowed only for noncommercial
|
||||
distribution and only if you received the program in object code or executable
|
||||
form with such an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making
|
||||
modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all the
|
||||
source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated interface definition
|
||||
files, plus the scripts used to control compilation and installation of the
|
||||
executable. However, as a special exception, the source code distributed need not
|
||||
include anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary
|
||||
form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating
|
||||
system on which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies the
|
||||
executable.
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to
|
||||
copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the source
|
||||
code from the same place counts as distribution of the source code, even though
|
||||
third parties are not compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<OL START="4"><LI> You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program except as
|
||||
expressly provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to copy, modify,
|
||||
sublicense or distribute the Program is void, and will automatically terminate your
|
||||
rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies, or
|
||||
rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long
|
||||
as such parties remain in full compliance.
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<LI> You are not required to accept this License, since you have not signed it.
|
||||
However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or distribute the Program or
|
||||
its derivative works. These actions are prohibited by law if you do not accept
|
||||
this License. Therefore, by modifying or distributing the Program (or any work
|
||||
based on the Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so,
|
||||
and all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying the
|
||||
Program or works based on it.
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<LI> Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the Program), the
|
||||
recipient automatically receives a license from the original licensor to copy,
|
||||
distribute or modify the Program subject to these terms and conditions. You
|
||||
may not impose any further restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
</OL>You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to this
|
||||
License.
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<OL START="7"><LI> If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent infringement
|
||||
or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), conditions are imposed
|
||||
on you (whether by court order, agreement or otherwise) that contradict the
|
||||
conditions of this License, they do not excuse you from the conditions of this
|
||||
License. If you cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations
|
||||
under this License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence
|
||||
you may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent license
|
||||
would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by all those who
|
||||
receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then the only way you could
|
||||
satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain entirely from distribution of
|
||||
the Program.
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
</OL>If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any
|
||||
particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and the
|
||||
section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances.
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents or
|
||||
other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; this
|
||||
section has the sole purpose of protecting the integrity of the free software
|
||||
distribution system, which is implemented by public license practices. Many people
|
||||
have made generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
|
||||
through that system in reliance on consistent application of that system; it is up
|
||||
to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing to distribute software
|
||||
through any other system and a licensee cannot impose that choice.
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a
|
||||
consequence of the rest of this License.
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<OL START="8"><LI> If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in certain
|
||||
countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the original copyright
|
||||
holder who places the Program under this License may add an explicit geographical
|
||||
distribution limitation excluding those countries, so that distribution is
|
||||
permitted only in or among countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License
|
||||
incorporates the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<LI> The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of the
|
||||
General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in
|
||||
spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new problems
|
||||
or concerns.
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
</OL>Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program
|
||||
specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and `any later version', you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that
|
||||
version or of any later version published by the Free Software Foundation. If the
|
||||
Program does not specify a version number of this License, you may choose any
|
||||
version ever published by the Free Software Foundation.
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<OL START="a"><LI> If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free programs whose
|
||||
distribution conditions are different, write to the author to ask for
|
||||
permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our
|
||||
decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status of all
|
||||
derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing and reuse of software
|
||||
generally.
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
</OL>NO WARRANTY
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<OL START="b"><LI> BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE
|
||||
PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED
|
||||
IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM `AS IS' WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
|
||||
LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
|
||||
PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM
|
||||
IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL
|
||||
NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<LI> IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY
|
||||
COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE
|
||||
PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL,
|
||||
SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR
|
||||
INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING
|
||||
RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF
|
||||
THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER
|
||||
PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
</OL>END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<B>How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
</B>If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest possible
|
||||
use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it free software
|
||||
which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest to attach
|
||||
them to the start of each source file to most effectively convey the exclusion
|
||||
of warranty; and each file should have at least the `copyright' line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<I>one line for the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.
|
||||
<BR></I>Copyright (C) 19<I>yy</I> <I>name of author</I>
|
||||
<BR>
|
||||
<BR>This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
|
||||
the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later
|
||||
version.
|
||||
<BR>
|
||||
<BR>This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
|
||||
ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR
|
||||
A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
<BR>
|
||||
<BR>You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
|
||||
this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple
|
||||
Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like the
|
||||
following example when it starts in an interactive mode:
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) 19yy name of author Gnomovision comes
|
||||
with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it under certain
|
||||
conditions; type `show c' for details.
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
The hypothetical commands <B>show w</B> and <B>show c</B> should show the appropriate parts of the General Public License. Of course,
|
||||
the commands you use may be called something other than show w and show c; they can be mouse clicks or menu items—whatever suits your program.
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
|
||||
school, if any, to sign a `copyright disclaimer' for the program, if necessary. The following is a sample (when copying, alter
|
||||
the names).
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker.
|
||||
<BR>
|
||||
<BR>signature of Ty Coon, 1 April 1989
|
||||
<BR>Ty Coon, President of Vice
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into
|
||||
proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may consider
|
||||
it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the library. If
|
||||
this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General Public License instead of this License.
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
|
|||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<TITLE>Locals Window Help</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<H1>The Locals Window</H1>
|
||||
<H2>Overview</H2>
|
||||
<P>The Locals Window displays all local variables in scope. It may be used to
|
||||
visualize local variables. Local variables need to be collected
|
||||
before they can be viewed. See <A HREF="tracedlg.html#t_actions_add">Adding
|
||||
an Action</A> in the Tracepoint Dialog for more information.</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Locals Window topics:
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><UL><A HREF="#menus">Variable Menu</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#menus_fmt">Format</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<LI><UL><A HREF="#display">Locals Display</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#display_deref">Dereferencing Pointers</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#display_struct">Viewing a Structure or Class</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#display_popup">Locals Pop-up Menu</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
</UL></P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3><A NAME="menus">Variable Menu</A></H3>
|
||||
The Variable Menu gives on-screen access to the funtions of the Locals Window.
|
||||
To use any of these functions, first use the left mouse button to select a
|
||||
variable from the display. Then select:
|
||||
|
||||
<DL>
|
||||
<DT><A NAME="menus_fmt">Format</A>
|
||||
<DD>Change the display format of the variable
|
||||
</DL>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3><A NAME="display">Locals Display</A></H4>
|
||||
The Locals Window Display consists of a scrolled listbox which contains all
|
||||
local variables, one per line. Locals which were not collected at the current
|
||||
tracepoint will display a memory-access error. To use any of the functions of
|
||||
the Locals Window, use the left mouse button to select any element from the
|
||||
Display.
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Pointers, structures, and classes appear in the display with small exapansion
|
||||
box before their names. To <A NAME="display_deref">dereference pointers</A> or
|
||||
<A NAME="display_struct">view the members of classes or structures</A>, click
|
||||
the closed expansion box (which appears as a small plus sign, "+") to "expand"
|
||||
the listing. The expansion box changes to a minus sign, "-", indicating that the
|
||||
display is now open. Pointers, structures and classes may be expanded recursively
|
||||
to allow multiple pointer dereferences and embedded structure viewing.
|
||||
|
||||
<P>The Locals Display updates as the trace buffer is navigated, highlighting
|
||||
in blue those variables whose values have changed.</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>The Locals Window will, by default, display all pointers in hexadecimal and all
|
||||
other variables in decimal. To change the default display of variables, use the
|
||||
"set output-radix" command in the console window. (Type "help set output-radix" in the
|
||||
console window for help. To make this change permanent, it must be added to the user's
|
||||
init file -- .gdbinit.) To change the display format for a variable,
|
||||
select the Format option from either the Variable Menu or the
|
||||
<A HREF="#display_popup">Locals Pop-up Menu</A>.
|
||||
<BR>
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="display_popup">Locals Pop-up Menu</A></H4>
|
||||
The Locals Pop-up Menu provides quick access to the functions of the Locals Window.
|
||||
To use the Locals Pop-up Menu, first select a variable from the Display (by clicking
|
||||
the left mouse button on it) and click the right mouse button, choosing from the
|
||||
pop-up:
|
||||
<DL>
|
||||
<DT>Format
|
||||
<DD>Change the display format of the variable. The variable may be displayed
|
||||
as:
|
||||
<DL>
|
||||
<DT>Hex
|
||||
<DD>hexadecimal (base 16)
|
||||
<DT>Decimal
|
||||
<DD>decimal (base 10)
|
||||
<DT>Binary
|
||||
<DD>binary (base 2)
|
||||
<DT>Octal
|
||||
<DD>octal (base 8)
|
||||
</DL>
|
||||
</DL>
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
|
|||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<TITLE>Memory Window Help</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<H1>The Memory Window</H1>
|
||||
<H2>Overview</H2>
|
||||
<P>The Memory Window allows users to display the contents of collected
|
||||
memory. The Memory Window Preferences controls all of the display
|
||||
characteristics of the Memory Window.</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Memory Window topics:
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><UL><A HREF="#menus">Address Menu</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#menus_auto">Auto Update</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#menus_now">Update Now</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#menus_prefs">Preferences</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<LI><UL><A HREF="#display">Memory Display</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#display_nav">Navigating the Memory Window</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#display_popup">Memory Pop-up Menu</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<LI><UL><A HREF="#prefs">Memory Window Preferences</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#prefs_size">Size of the Display Cell</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#prefs_fmt">Format of the Display Cell</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#prefs_bytes">Size of the Memory Window</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#prefs_misc">Miscellaneous</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
</UL></P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3><A NAME="menus">Address Menu</A></H3>
|
||||
<DL>
|
||||
<DT><A NAME="menus_auto">Auto Update</A>
|
||||
<DD>When selected, casues the Memory Window to update the Display.
|
||||
<DT><A NAME="menus_now">Update Now</A>
|
||||
<DD>Forces the Memory Window to update the Display.
|
||||
<DT><A NAME="menus_prefs">Preferences</A>
|
||||
<DD>Opens the Memory Window Preferences dialog.
|
||||
</DL>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3><A NAME="display">Memory Display</A></H3>
|
||||
Like the <A HREF="register.html">Register Window</A>, the Memory Window
|
||||
Display is organized into a spreadsheet. The address of any cell in the
|
||||
Display can be determined by appeding the row and column headers for the
|
||||
cell. Optionally, an ASCII display of the memory appears at the right.
|
||||
Any non-ASCII-representable byte in memory will appear in the ASCII Display
|
||||
as a control character (a dot, ".", by default). The <A HREF="#pref">Memory
|
||||
Preferences Dialog</A> may be used to alter the appearance of the
|
||||
Memory Window. Any uncollected memory will appear as "N/A", indicating that
|
||||
this memory was not collected when the trace experiment was run.
|
||||
|
||||
<P><A NAME="display_nav">To navigate the Memory Window</A>, use the mouse
|
||||
and click the cell of interest. As an alternative, pressing the TAB key on
|
||||
the keyboard will focus successive cells, from left to right, top to bottom.
|
||||
The focus will wrap from the bottom of the Display to the top.</P>
|
||||
<BR>
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="display_popup">Memory Pop-up Menu</A></H4>
|
||||
Clicking the right mouse button while the mouse cursor lies within the
|
||||
bounds of any cell will allow users to:
|
||||
<DL>
|
||||
<DT>Auto Update
|
||||
<DD>When selected, the Memory Window will track changes in
|
||||
memory shown in the Display. Cells in which changes have
|
||||
occured will be highlighted. When not selected, the Memory
|
||||
Window is "frozen", representing a "snapshot" of memory.
|
||||
<DT>Update Now
|
||||
<DD>Causes the Memory Window to update all the cells shown.
|
||||
<DT>Go To <I>address</I>
|
||||
<DD>The Memory Window Display is updated to show memory starting
|
||||
at address <I>address</I>.
|
||||
<DT>Open New Window at <I>address</I>
|
||||
<DD>A new Memory Window is opened, displaying memory at address
|
||||
<I>address</I>
|
||||
<DT>Memory Preferences...
|
||||
<DD>Opens the Memory Window Preferences for editing the appearance
|
||||
of the Memory Window Display.
|
||||
</DL>
|
||||
<BR>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3><A NAME="prefs">Memory Window Preferences</A></H3>
|
||||
Memory Window Preference Dialog governs the appearance of the Memory Window:
|
||||
the total number of bytes displayed, the size of each cell, ASCII control
|
||||
character.
|
||||
<BR>
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="prefs_size">Size of the Display Cells</A></H4>
|
||||
This attribute controls how many bytes appear in each cell. Valid cell
|
||||
sizes in the Memory Window may be:
|
||||
<DL>
|
||||
<DT>Byte
|
||||
<DD>Each cell is exactly one byte
|
||||
<DT>Half Word
|
||||
<DD>Cells are displayed with two bytes
|
||||
<DT>Word
|
||||
<DD>Each cell contains four bytes
|
||||
<DT>Double Word
|
||||
<DD>Cells contain eight bytes
|
||||
<DT>Float
|
||||
<DD>Each cell contains four bytes, displayed as a floating point
|
||||
number
|
||||
<DT>Double Float
|
||||
<DD>Cells are displayed as floating point, eight bytes each
|
||||
</DL>
|
||||
<BR>
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="prefs_fmt">Format of the Display Cells</A></H4>
|
||||
The Format option of the Memory Preferences Dialog governs how the debugger
|
||||
represents the memory. Possible representations include:
|
||||
|
||||
<DL>
|
||||
<DT>Binary
|
||||
<DD>The values are shown as binary numbers
|
||||
<DT>Signed Decimal
|
||||
<DD>The values are shown as signed decimal numbers
|
||||
<DT>Octal
|
||||
<DD>Each cell is represented as an octal number
|
||||
<DT>Unsigned Decimal
|
||||
<DD>Values are displayed as unsigned decimals
|
||||
<DT>Hex
|
||||
<DD>Memory is displayed as a hexadecimal number. This is
|
||||
the default.
|
||||
</DL>
|
||||
<BR>
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="prefs_bytes">Size of the Memory Window</A></H4>
|
||||
The size of the memory window determines how much memory is actually
|
||||
presented to the user. The total number of bytes shown can either be
|
||||
determined by the size of the window, in which case resizing the Memory
|
||||
Window will cause more or less memory to be displayed, or fixed at some
|
||||
specified number of bytes. By default, the Memory Window shows 128 bytes
|
||||
of memory.
|
||||
<BR>
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="prefs_misc">Miscellaneous</A></H4>
|
||||
Miscellaneous memory preferences include the option to display the ASCII
|
||||
representation of the memory, including what character to use for non-ASCII
|
||||
bytes (the "control" character). Additionally, users may specify the number
|
||||
of bytes per row, either four, eight, sixteen, or thirty-two. The default is
|
||||
sixteen bytes per row.
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
|
|||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<TITLE>Register Window Preferences Help</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<H1>Register Window Preferences</H1>
|
||||
<H3>Overview</H3>
|
||||
<P>Not yet done.</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Register Window Preferences topics:
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><UL><A HREF="#">stuff</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#">stuff</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#">stuff</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
</UL></P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3><A NAME="">stuff</A></H3>
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
|
|||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<TITLE>Register Window Help</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<H1>The Register Window</H1>
|
||||
<H2>Overview</H2>
|
||||
<P>The Register Window lists all the registers and their contents for
|
||||
the selected stack frame. It permits viewing the contents of registers
|
||||
in different formats and some display customizations.</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Any register that was not collected will be displayed as having a value
|
||||
of "0x0". To collect registers, add them to the collection action in the
|
||||
<A HREF="tracedlg.html">Tracepoint Dialog</A>.
|
||||
|
||||
<P>The Register Window will update the register contents in the display
|
||||
to match the stack frame currently being viewed in the <A HREF="source.html">
|
||||
Source Window</A> and <A HREF="stack.html">Stack Winodw</A>.</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Register Window topics:
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><UL><A HREF="#menus">Register Menu</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#menus_fmt">Format</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#menus_remove">Remove from Display</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#menus_all">Display All Registers</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<LI><UL><A HREF="#display">Register Display</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#display_nav">Navigating the Register Display</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#display_popup">Register Pop-up Menu</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#display_format">Changing the Display Format of
|
||||
a Register</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#display_remove">Removing a Register
|
||||
from the display</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#display_all">Displaying all Registers</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
</UL></P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3><A NAME="menus">Register Menu</A></H3>
|
||||
The Register Menu provides on-screen access to the functionality of the
|
||||
Register Window. To use any item from this menu, first use the mouse and
|
||||
select (click the left mouse button) on any register cell. Users may then
|
||||
select:
|
||||
<BR>
|
||||
<DL>
|
||||
<DT><A NAME="menus_fmt"><A HREF="#display_format">Format</A></A>
|
||||
<DD>Change the display format of the selected register
|
||||
<DT><A NAME="menus_remove"><A HREF="#display_remove">Remove
|
||||
from Display</A></A>
|
||||
<DD>Remove the selected register from the Register
|
||||
Window Display
|
||||
<DT><A NAME="menus_all"><A HREF="#display_all">Display All
|
||||
Registers</A></A>
|
||||
<DD>Display all registers in the Display. This item
|
||||
is only available when a register was previously
|
||||
removed from the Display.
|
||||
</DL>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3><A NAME="display">Register Display</A></H3>
|
||||
The Register Display contains name and value pairs for each register
|
||||
available on the target hardware. These "cells" are layed out as a
|
||||
spreadsheet for ease of use.
|
||||
|
||||
<P><A NAME="display_nav"></A>To navigate the Register Display, use either
|
||||
the mouse and left mouse button or the arrow keys on the keyboard to
|
||||
highlight the appropriate cell. Users may then use the <A HREF="#menus">
|
||||
Register Menu</A> or use the Register Pop-up Menu to access special display
|
||||
options for the Register Window.</P>
|
||||
<BR>
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="display_popup">The Register Pop-up Menu</A></H4>
|
||||
All of the special functions of the register window are accessed through
|
||||
the Register Pop-up Menu. To use the Menu, simply select a register (see
|
||||
<A HREF="#display_nav">Navigating the Register Display</A>) and click the
|
||||
right mouse button. The Menu offers:
|
||||
<DL>
|
||||
<DT><A NAME="display_format">Format</A>
|
||||
<DD><DL>Change the display format of the register. Valid display types
|
||||
are:
|
||||
<DT>Hex
|
||||
<DD>The register's contents are displayed in
|
||||
hexadecimal (base 16).
|
||||
<DT>Decimal
|
||||
<DD>The value is shown as
|
||||
a decimal number (base 10).
|
||||
<DT>Natural
|
||||
<DD>The register is displayed in its natural format.
|
||||
<DT>Binary
|
||||
<DD>The contents of the register are displayed
|
||||
as a binary number (base 2).
|
||||
<DT>Octal
|
||||
<DD>The register's contents are shown in octal (base 8).
|
||||
<DT>Raw
|
||||
<DD>The raw contents of the register are shown.
|
||||
</DL>
|
||||
<DT><A NAME="display_remove">Remove</A>
|
||||
<DD>Remove the selected register from the display. To display
|
||||
the removed register again, select the "Display All Registers"
|
||||
option from the Register Menu or the Register Pop-up Menu.
|
||||
<DT><A NAME="display_all">Display All Registers</A>
|
||||
<DD>Causes the Register Window Display to show all registers,
|
||||
including those which were previously "removed". This menu
|
||||
item is only available when removed registers exist.
|
||||
</DL>
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,371 @@
|
|||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<TITLE>Source Window Help</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<CENTER><H1>The Source Window</H1></CENTER>
|
||||
<H3>Overview</H3>
|
||||
<BR>
|
||||
The Source Window is the primary interface between the user and the
|
||||
debugger; it is automatically opened when the debugger starts.
|
||||
The Source Window displays the status of the trace experiment, controls
|
||||
navigation of the trace buffer, and allows visualization of the program
|
||||
execution.
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Source Window topics:
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><UL><A HREF="#menus">Menus</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#menus_file">File Menu</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#menus_run">Run Menu</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#menus_view">View Menu</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#menus_trace">Trace Menu</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#menus_prefs">Preferences Menu</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<LI><UL><A HREF="#toolbar">Toolbar</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toolbar_exec">Trace Control Buttons</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toolbar_window">Window Buttons</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toolbar_frame">Frame Control</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<LI><UL><A HREF="#display">Source Window Display</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#display_balloon">Variable Balloons</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#display_popup">Source Pop-up Mens</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<LI><UL><A HREF="#status">Source Window Status Bars</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#status_bar">Program Status Bar</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#status_mode">Source Display Status Bar</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#search">Search Entry</A>
|
||||
</UL></P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3><A NAME="menus">Menus</A></H3>
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="menus_file">File Menu</A></H4>
|
||||
The File menu contains the following items:
|
||||
<DL>
|
||||
<DT>Open
|
||||
<DD>Opens a file selection dialog to select the executable to debug
|
||||
<DT>Target Settings...
|
||||
<DD>Opens the <A HREF="target.html">Target Selection Dialog</A>
|
||||
to edit target settings
|
||||
<DT>Page Setup
|
||||
<DD>(Windows only) Opens the Windows Page Setup dialog to
|
||||
configure printing
|
||||
<DT>Print
|
||||
<DD>(Windows only) Print the contents of the Source Window Display
|
||||
<DT>Exit
|
||||
<DD>Exits the debugger
|
||||
</DL>
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="menus_run">Run Menu</A></H4>
|
||||
The Run menu contains the following items:
|
||||
<DL>
|
||||
<DT>Connect to target
|
||||
<DD>Establish a connection to a target. This option will open
|
||||
the <A HREF="target.html">Target Selection Dialog</A> if no
|
||||
previous connection has been established in the current
|
||||
session.
|
||||
<DT>Begin Collection
|
||||
<DD>Start collecting trace data on the target
|
||||
<DT>End Collection
|
||||
<DD>Stop collecting trace data on the target
|
||||
<DT>Disconnect
|
||||
<DD>Disconnect the debugger from the target
|
||||
</DL>
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="menus_view">View Menu</A></H4>
|
||||
The View menu contains the following items:
|
||||
<DL>
|
||||
<DT>Stack
|
||||
<DD>Open a <A HREF="stack.html">Stack Window</A>
|
||||
<DT>Registers
|
||||
<DD>Open a <A HREF="register.html">Register Window</A>
|
||||
<DT>Memory
|
||||
<DD>Open a <A HREF="memory.html">Memory Window</A>
|
||||
<DT>Watch Expressions
|
||||
<DD>Open a <A HREF="watch.html">Watch Window</A>
|
||||
<DT>Local Variables
|
||||
<DD>Open a <A HREF="locals.html">Locals Window</A>
|
||||
<DT>Tracepoints
|
||||
<DD>Open a <A HREF="tp.html">Tracepoint Window</A>
|
||||
<DT>Tdump
|
||||
<DD>Open a <A HREF="tdump.html">Tracepoint Dump Window</A>
|
||||
<DT>Console
|
||||
<DD>Open a <A HREF="console.html">Console Window</A>
|
||||
</DL>
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="menus_trace">Trace Menu</A></H4>
|
||||
The Trace Menu contains the following items:
|
||||
<DL>
|
||||
<DT>Next Hit
|
||||
<DD>Update all displays with the next tracepoint in the
|
||||
tracepoint buffer
|
||||
<DT>Previous Hit
|
||||
<DD>Go to the previous tracepoint in the buffer
|
||||
<DT>First Hit
|
||||
<DD>View the first tracepoint in the buffer
|
||||
<DT>Next Line Hit
|
||||
<DD>Go to the next tracepoint in the buffer in the same
|
||||
frame as the current tracepoint
|
||||
<DT>Next Hit Here
|
||||
<DD>Jump to the next reference of the current tracepoint
|
||||
in the buffer
|
||||
<DT>Tfind Line...
|
||||
<DD>Opens a dialog allowing the user to specify which source
|
||||
line to inpect in the tracepoint buffer
|
||||
<DT>Tfind PC...
|
||||
<DD>Opens a dialog allowing the user to specify the PC of the
|
||||
tracepoint to view
|
||||
<DT>Tfind Tracepoint...
|
||||
<DD>Opens a dialog allowing the user to specify which tracepoint
|
||||
to view (by number). This option is most commonly used in
|
||||
conjunction with the <A HREF="console.html">Console Window</A>.
|
||||
</DL>
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="menus_prefs">Preferences Menu</A></H4>
|
||||
The Preferences menu contains the following items:
|
||||
<DL>
|
||||
<DT>Global
|
||||
<DD>Opens the <A HREF="gbl_pref.html">Global Preferences Dialog</A>
|
||||
and allows editing of global settings
|
||||
<DT>Source
|
||||
<DD>Opens the <A HREF="src_pref.html">Source Preferences Dialog</A>
|
||||
and allows editing of Source Window settings
|
||||
<DT>Register
|
||||
<DD>Opens the <A HREF="reg_pref.html">Register Preferences Dialog</A>
|
||||
and allows editing of Register Window settings
|
||||
</DL>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3><A NAME="toolbar">Toolbar</A></H3>
|
||||
The Source Window toolbar consists of three functional sections: trace
|
||||
control buttons, debugger window buttons, and stack frame control buttons.
|
||||
<BR>
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="toolbar_exec">Tracing Control Buttons</A></H4>
|
||||
These convenience buttons provide on-screen access to the most important
|
||||
debugger tracing control functions:
|
||||
<DL>
|
||||
<DT><A NAME="run_button"><IMG SRC="%run"> TStart</A> or
|
||||
<A NAME="stop_button"><IMG SRC="%stop"></A> TStop
|
||||
<DD>The TStart Button causes the target to start collecting trace data
|
||||
<DD>The TStop Button causes the target to stop collecting trace data
|
||||
<DT>Next Hit
|
||||
<DD>Update all displays with the next tracepoint in the
|
||||
tracepoint buffer
|
||||
<DT>Previous Hit
|
||||
<DD>Go to the previous tracepoint in the buffer
|
||||
<DT>First Hit
|
||||
<DD>View the first tracepoint in the buffer
|
||||
<DT>Next Line Hit
|
||||
<DD>Go to the next tracepoint in the buffer in the same
|
||||
frame as the current tracepoint
|
||||
<DT>Next Hit Here
|
||||
<DD>Jump to the next reference of the current tracepoint
|
||||
in the buffer
|
||||
</DL>
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="toolbar_window">Window Buttons</A></H4>
|
||||
The Debugger Window buttons give instant access to the Debugger's
|
||||
auxillary windows:
|
||||
<DL>
|
||||
<DT><A NAME="register_button"><IMG SRC="%register"></A> Registers
|
||||
<DD>Open a <A HREF="register.html">Register Window</A>
|
||||
<DT><A NAME="memory_button"><IMG SRC="%memory"></A> Memory
|
||||
<DD>Open a <A HREF="memory.html">Memory Window</A>
|
||||
<DT><A NAME="stack_button"><IMG SRC="%stack"></A> Stack
|
||||
<DD>Open a <A HREF="stack.html">Stack Window</A>
|
||||
<DT><A NAME="watch_button"><IMG SRC="%watch"></A> Watch Expressions
|
||||
<DD>Open a <A HREF="watch.html">Watch Window</A>
|
||||
<DT><A NAME="locals_button"><IMG SRC="%locals"></A> Local Variables
|
||||
<DD>Open a <A HREF="locals.html">Locals Window</A>
|
||||
<DT><A NAME="tracepoints_button">Tracepoints</A>
|
||||
<DD>Open a <A HREF="tp.html">Tracepoint Window</A>
|
||||
<DT>Tracepoint Dump Window
|
||||
<DD>Open a <A HREF="tdump.html">Tdump Window</A>
|
||||
<DT><A NAME="console_button"><IMG SRC="%console"></A> Console
|
||||
<DD>Open a <A HREF="console.html">Console Window</A>
|
||||
</DL>
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="toolbar_frame">Frame Control</A></H4>
|
||||
The Frame Control area of the toolbar displays information about the PC of
|
||||
the current frame, and the frame control buttons may be used to navigate
|
||||
through the call stack. Whenever any of these buttons are used, both the
|
||||
Source Window Display and the <A HREF="stack.html">Stack Window</A> will
|
||||
show the selected frame. In order to use the Stack Window in tracing mode,
|
||||
the stack pointer must be collected.
|
||||
<DL>
|
||||
<!-- is this a problem for windows? no file join? -->
|
||||
<DT><IMG SRC="images/frame_info.gif"> Frame Information Display
|
||||
<DD>The left half of the frame information display shows the
|
||||
value of the PC in the current frame. The right half shows
|
||||
the line number of the PC in the source file, if available.
|
||||
<DT><A NAME="up_button"><IMG SRC="%up"></A> Up
|
||||
<DD>Select and view the stack frame that called this one
|
||||
<DT><A NAME="down_button"><IMG SRC="%down"></A> Down
|
||||
<DD>Select and view the stack frame called by this one
|
||||
<DT><A NAME="bottom_button"><IMG SRC="%bottom"></A> Bottom
|
||||
<DD>Select and view the bottom-most stack frame
|
||||
</DL>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3><A NAME="display">Source Display</A></H3>
|
||||
The Source Display is used for many things: browsing source code, setting,
|
||||
editing, and deleting tracepoints, and a few other special functions.
|
||||
Executable lines (those for which executable code was generated by the
|
||||
compiler) are denoted with a marker (a dash, "-") in the first column of
|
||||
the display.
|
||||
|
||||
<P>The debugger highlights the PC in the current frame in either green,
|
||||
indicating that the PC is in the current tracepoint, or gold, indicating
|
||||
that the PC is contained in a frame that is not the current tracepoint, i.e.,
|
||||
as part of a stack backtrace. A blue highlight is used by the debugger to
|
||||
indicate a browsing position. All highlight colors
|
||||
are user-selectable in the <A HREF="src_pref.html">Source Preferences</A>.</P>
|
||||
<BR>
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="setting_a_tracepoint">Setting a Tracepoint</A></H4>
|
||||
Moving the mouse pointer over the "hot spot" of an executable line will change
|
||||
the mouse cursor to a large dot. Clicking the left mouse button will then allow
|
||||
tracepoint to be inserted at this line. If no tracepoint exists, the
|
||||
<A HREF="tracedlg.html">Add Tracepoint Dialog</A> will appear. If a tracepoint
|
||||
is installed, the dash in the left margin will change into a magenta breakdot.
|
||||
If a tracepoint exists, the <A HREF="tracedlg.html">Edit Tracepoint Dialog</A>
|
||||
appears, allowing either modification of the tracepoint or deletion of the
|
||||
tracepoint. If the tracepoint is deleted, the breakdot will revert to a dash.</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>The executable line marker shows the status of each line: an empty marker
|
||||
(the dash) indicates that no tracepoint is set at the line. A colored breakdot
|
||||
indicates that a tracepoint exists at the line.</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>The display will attempt to show the value of variables in
|
||||
<A NAME="display_balloon">variable balloons</A>. To activate a
|
||||
variable balloon, simply hold the mouse cursor over the name of
|
||||
a variable in the Source Display for a second or two: the debugger displays the
|
||||
name of the variable, its type, and its value in a pop-up balloon. If the
|
||||
variable was not collected, the Variable Balloon will show a memory-access error.</P>
|
||||
<BR>
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="display_popup">Source Pop-up Menus</A></H4>
|
||||
The Source Display has two pop-up menus. One is activated by clicking the
|
||||
right mouse button when the mouse cursor is over an executable line marker's
|
||||
hot spot. This pop-up menu provides access to:
|
||||
<DL>
|
||||
<DT>Set Tracepoint
|
||||
<DD>Opens the <A HREF="#tracedlg">Add/Edit Tracepoint Dialog</A>,
|
||||
which allows new tracepoints to be set and modification and
|
||||
deletion of existing tracepoints.
|
||||
</DL>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>The other pop-up menu is activated by clicking the right mouse button
|
||||
anywhere else in the Source Display. It is only available when a variable
|
||||
or number in the display lies below the mouse cursor or is selected
|
||||
(by clicking the left mouse button and dragging the mouse to highlight
|
||||
the variable/number). The pop-up menu allows users to:
|
||||
<DL>
|
||||
<DT><A NAME="add_to_watch">Add <I>expr</I> to Watch</A>
|
||||
<DD>Adds the selected expression to the <A HREF="watch.html">Watch
|
||||
Window</A>, opening it, if necessary.
|
||||
<DT>Dump Memory at <I>expr</I>
|
||||
<DD>Opens a new <A HREF="memory.html">Memory Window</A> at the
|
||||
selected expression. If the expression is a variable, then
|
||||
the Memory Window is opened with memory addresses starting
|
||||
at the value of the variable.
|
||||
<DT>Set Tracepoint Range
|
||||
<DD>This option is only available when a range of lines is highlighted
|
||||
in the Source Display. It allows tracepoints with the same
|
||||
properties to be set at every executable line in the range. If
|
||||
any tracepoints exist in the range already, the debugger will
|
||||
ask if the properties of the existing tracepoint should be
|
||||
replaced with the properties of the range.
|
||||
</DL>
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="status">Source Window Status Bars</A></H4>
|
||||
The Source Window has two status bars which inform the user of the
|
||||
status of the program (the "status bar") and the status of the Source
|
||||
Window.
|
||||
|
||||
<P>The <A NAME="status_bar">Program Status Bar</A> (or simply "Status Bar")
|
||||
displays the status of the program. Common messages seen here include:
|
||||
<DL>
|
||||
<DT>No program loaded.
|
||||
<DD>No program has been loaded into target memory.
|
||||
<DT>Inspecting trace at <I>line/address</I>
|
||||
<DD>The debugger is inspecting the tracepoint at line
|
||||
<I>line</I> or address <I>address</I>. Use the
|
||||
<A HREF="#toolbar_exec">Tracing Control Buttons</A>
|
||||
to navigate through the trace buffer.
|
||||
</DL>
|
||||
<P>The Status Bar also displays some help information. For instance,
|
||||
the Status Bar will show the function of a button on the toolbar or
|
||||
the Source Display Status Bar as well as any keyboard shortcut for this
|
||||
button.</P>
|
||||
<BR>
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="status_mode">Source Display Status Bar</A></H4>
|
||||
current state of the Source Window: the name of the file displayed in
|
||||
the Display, the name of the function in the Display which contains
|
||||
the PC for the current frame (if any), and the display mode.
|
||||
|
||||
<P>The <A NAME="file_selector">Source File Selector</A> is a dropdown
|
||||
menu which contains the names of all the files that were compiled into
|
||||
the program being debugged.</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Normally, the File Selector displays the name of the file currently being
|
||||
viewed, but any file from the dropdown menu may be selected for browsing.
|
||||
Simply select the file to view from the available choices (or type it directly
|
||||
into the File Selector) and the Source Window will load that file into
|
||||
the Display. To return to the current tracepoint, simply press the
|
||||
<A HREF="#bottom_button">Bottom Frame Control Button</A>.</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>The <A NAME="function_selector">Source Function Selector</A> displays the
|
||||
name of the function containing the Source Window's PC, if one exists, but it
|
||||
may be used to browse any function in the current file. Simply type the name
|
||||
of the desired function into the Function Selector or select it from the
|
||||
dropdown menu. The Source Window's PC is updated to point at this function.
|
||||
To return to the current tracepoint, simply press the
|
||||
<A HREF="#bottom_button">Bottom Frame Control Button</A>.</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>The <A NAME="mode_selector">Source Display Mode Selector</A> displays
|
||||
the viewing mode of the current file/function shown in the Source
|
||||
Window Display.</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>The Display Mode Selector may be used to change the view of the current
|
||||
source file. The available display modes are
|
||||
<DL>
|
||||
<DT>SOURCE
|
||||
<DD>The contents of the Display are shown as source code.
|
||||
If source code is not available (either because no debugging
|
||||
information is available or the source file is not found),
|
||||
the Source Window will revert the Display Mode to "ASSEMBLY".
|
||||
<DT>ASSEMBLY
|
||||
<DD>A disassembly of the target's memory is shown in the Display.
|
||||
Even assembly source files show a disassembly of target memory;
|
||||
to see the assembly source code, use the SOURCE mode. Note that the
|
||||
debugger can only display assmebly code on a function-by-function
|
||||
basis. It cannot display all the instructions generated from a single
|
||||
source file.
|
||||
<DT>MIXED
|
||||
<DD>The Display shows source code mixed with the assembler
|
||||
instructions which were generated for those lines by the
|
||||
compiler for the current funtion. Note that the addresses
|
||||
of the assembly lines is not necessarily monotonically
|
||||
increasing. If the source file associated with the function
|
||||
cannot be found, the Source Window will revert to ASSEMBLY mode.
|
||||
<DT>SRC+ASM
|
||||
<DD>The Source Window Display is divided into two panes: an
|
||||
assembly pane and a source pane. Tracepoints may be set/cleared
|
||||
in either pane.
|
||||
</DL>
|
||||
<BR>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3><A NAME="search">Search Entry</A></H3>
|
||||
The Search Entry facilitates searching for text in the Source Window Display. Simply enter the
|
||||
text to be found into the Search Entry and press the Enter key on the keyboard to search
|
||||
forwards in the Source Window Display (hold down ths Shift key to search backwards). If
|
||||
a match is found, it is highlighted in the Source Window and the Program Status Bar
|
||||
displays information about where the match was found.
|
||||
|
||||
<P>The Search Entry can also jump the Source Window to a specific line. Enter the line
|
||||
number preceeded by an at-sign (@) into the Search Entry and press enter. If entered
|
||||
line number is greater than the total number of lines in the Source Window Display,
|
||||
the Display will jump to the end of the current file.</P>
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
|
|||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<TITLE>Source Window Preferences Help</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<H1>Source Window Preferences</H1>
|
||||
<H3>Overview</H3>
|
||||
<P>Not yet done.</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Source Preferences topics:
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><UL><A HREF="#">stuff</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#">stuff</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#">stuff</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
</UL></P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3><A NAME="">stuff</A></H3>
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
|
|||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<TITLE>Stack Window Help</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<H1>The Stack Window</H1>
|
||||
<H3>Overview</H3>
|
||||
<P>The Stack Window allows users to view the call stack and jump between
|
||||
levels of the stack. To use the Stack Window in tracepoint mode, the
|
||||
stack pointer must be collected. See
|
||||
<A HREF="tracedlg.html#t_actions_add">Adding an Action</A> in the Tracepoint
|
||||
Dialog for more information on collecting registers.</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Stack Window topics:
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><UL><A HREF="#display">Stack Display</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#display_nav">Navigating the Stack Window</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#display_lvl">Changing the Stack Level</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
</UL></P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3><A NAME="display">Stack Display</A></H3>
|
||||
The Stack Display consists of a listbox which displays levels of the call stack
|
||||
one per line. Each line contains the level number (useful when using the <A
|
||||
HREF="console.html">Console Window</A>) and a description of the function executing
|
||||
in that level. Typically, the function name and either the address of the function
|
||||
or the file and line number where the function is defined are displayed. The
|
||||
Stack Window may also be used to jump between levels of the stack.
|
||||
<BR>
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="display_nav">Navigating the Stack Window</A></H4>
|
||||
Navigation of the Stack Window is accomplished by clicking on the desired level
|
||||
with the left mouse button. The <A HREF="source.html#display">Source Window
|
||||
Display</A> updates to show the selected frame. All other secondary windows,
|
||||
<A HREF="register.html">Registers</A>, <A HREF="watch.html">Watch</A>, and
|
||||
<A HREF="locals.html">Locals</A> update their displays for the selected frame.
|
||||
<BR>
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="display_lvl">Changing Stack Levels</A></H4>
|
||||
To switch frames, simply click the left mouse button on the desired frame and the
|
||||
debugger will switch contexts, updating all windows. The selected frame is highlighted
|
||||
(in gold, by default).
|
||||
|
||||
<P>As an alternative, changing stack levels may be accomplished via the
|
||||
<A HREF="source.html#toolbar_frame">Frame Control Buttons</A> on the Source Window's
|
||||
Toolbar. These buttons may be used to change frames one level at a time (either
|
||||
immediately up or immediately down) or to jump to the bottom-most stack frame.
|
||||
See <A HREF="source.html#toolbar_frame">Source Frame Control Buttons</A> for more
|
||||
information.</P>
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
|
|||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<TITLE>Target Selection Help</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<H1>The Target Selection Dialog</H1>
|
||||
<H3>Overview</H3>
|
||||
<P>The Target Selection Dialog allows users to specify the debug target,
|
||||
the interface used to connect to the target, and some useful run
|
||||
options.</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Target Selection topics:
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><UL><A HREF="#select">Selecting a Target</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#select_tar">Specifying a Target</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#select_int">Choosing a Connection Interface</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<LI><UL><A HREF="#options">Run Options</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#options_run_until_main">Run until 'main'</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#options_bp_at_exit">Set breakpoint at 'exit'</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#options_download_dialog">Display Download Dialog</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#options_compare_to_remote_executable">Compare to
|
||||
remote executable</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
</UL></P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3><A NAME="select">Selecting a Target</A></H3>
|
||||
Selecting a target involves choosing a target for debugging and setting connection
|
||||
interface options for the target.
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Common targets include: "exec" for native debuggers, "remote" for establishing
|
||||
a connection to a target board via a serial line, "remotetcp" for TCP connections,
|
||||
and "sim" for connections to the simulator. There may be more depending on the
|
||||
configuration of the debugger being used.</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>In general, "remote" targets are always serial connections which require the user
|
||||
to specify the serial port and baud rate to be used for the connection and
|
||||
"remotetcp" targets are always TCP connections which require specifying the hostname
|
||||
and port number of the machine to which to connect. Depending upon configuration,
|
||||
there may be numerous serial- and TCP-based connections. These always follow the
|
||||
naming convention <I>target</I> and <I>target</I>tcp.</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>To <A NAME="select_tar"> select a target</A>, choose one of the available targets
|
||||
from the dropdown menu in the Connection Frame. Then <A NAME="#select_int">specify
|
||||
the interface options</A> for this target: selecting the baudrate and serial port
|
||||
from the dropdown menus (serial targets only) or entering the hostname and port number
|
||||
(TCP targets only).</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3><A NAME="options">Run Options</A></H3>
|
||||
Three run options which may be selected include:
|
||||
<DL>
|
||||
<DT><A NAME="options_run_until_main">Run until 'main'
|
||||
<DD>Sets a breakpoint at main(). This has no effect when using
|
||||
GDB in tracing mode.
|
||||
<DT><A NAME="options_bp_at_exit">Set breakpoint at 'exit'
|
||||
<DD>Sets a breakpoint at exit(). This has no effect when using
|
||||
GDB in tracing mode.
|
||||
<DT><A NAME="options_download_dialog">Display Download Dialog
|
||||
<DD>Displays a dialog showing the progress of the download to
|
||||
the target section by section. This has no effect when using
|
||||
GDB in tracing mode.
|
||||
<DT><A NAME="options_compare_to_remote_executable">
|
||||
Compare to remote executable</A>
|
||||
<DD>When attaching to a tracing target, compare the host's and target's
|
||||
executable by computing the checksum of each loadable section.
|
||||
</DL>
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
|
|||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<TITLE>Trace Dump Window Help</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<H1>The TDump Window</H1>
|
||||
<H3>Overview</H3>
|
||||
<P>The Tdump Window displays all of the information contained in the
|
||||
trace buffer for the current tracepoint. To view the contents of the
|
||||
trace buffer for a specific tracepoint, use the <A HREF="source.html#toolbar_exec">
|
||||
Tracing Control Buttons</A> on the <A HREF="source.html#toolbar">Source Window Toolbar
|
||||
</A>, or jump to the tracepoint using one of the Tfind Dialogs accessible
|
||||
through the Source Window's <A HREF="source.html#menus_trace">Trace Menu</A>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
|
|||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<TITLE>Tracepoint Window Help</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<H1>The Tracepoint Window</H1>
|
||||
<H3>Overview</H3>
|
||||
<P>The Tracepoint Window lists all the various tracepoints that exist in
|
||||
the program. It facilitates modifying tracepoints (make them
|
||||
temporary or normal, disabled or enabled) and removing tracepoints.</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Tracepoint Window topics:
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><UL><A HREF="#menus">Menus</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#menus_bp">Tracepoint Menu</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#menus_global">Global Menu</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<LI><UL><A HREF="#display">Tracepoint Display</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#display_state">Enabling/Disabling Tracepoints</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#display_remove">Removing Tracepoints</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#display_popup">Tracepoint Pop-up Menu</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
</UL></P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3><A NAME="menus">Menus</A></H3>
|
||||
The Tracepoint Window contains two menus, one which deals specifically with
|
||||
the individual tracepoints selected in the window, and one whose commands
|
||||
affect all tracepoints.
|
||||
<BR>
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="menus_bp">Tracepoint Menu</A></H4>
|
||||
The Tracepoint Menu operates on the selected tracepoint only. The
|
||||
state of a tracepoint may be changed by selecting the desired state
|
||||
from the menu:
|
||||
<DL>
|
||||
<DT>Actions
|
||||
<DD><A HREF="tracedlg.html">Display the Tracepoint Dialog</A> for
|
||||
this tracepoint.
|
||||
<DT>Enabled
|
||||
<DD>The tracepoint is active and will stop the debugger
|
||||
when it is hit.
|
||||
<DT>Disabled
|
||||
<DD>The tracepoint is being ignored. A disabled tracepoint
|
||||
will never get hit.
|
||||
<DT>Remove
|
||||
<DD>Deletes the tracepoint
|
||||
</DL>
|
||||
<BR>
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="menus_global">Global Menu</A></H4>
|
||||
Items on the Global Menu affect all defined tracepoints. Users may:
|
||||
<DL>
|
||||
<DT>Enable All
|
||||
<DD>Enable all tracepoints
|
||||
<DT>Disable All
|
||||
<DD>Disable all tracepoints
|
||||
<DT>Remove All
|
||||
<DD>Delete all tracepoints
|
||||
</DL>
|
||||
<BR>
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="display">Tracepoint Display</A></H4>
|
||||
The Tracepoint Display is a table of tracepoints. The first column of the
|
||||
table (unlabeled) shows a checkbutton, indicating whether the tracepoint
|
||||
is enabled (checked) or disabled (unchecked). Disabled tracepoints are
|
||||
ignored and will not cause any actions to be performed on the target.
|
||||
|
||||
<P>To use the Tracepoint Menu or the Tracepoint Pop-up Menu, first use
|
||||
the left mouse button to select a tracepoint from the list, then make the
|
||||
menu selection.</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Modifying Tracepoints</H3>
|
||||
To <A NAME="display_state">enable</A> a tracepoint, simply click the
|
||||
checkbutton in the first column of the desired tracepoint so that it is
|
||||
selected (checked). To disable a tracepoint, "uncheck" the checkbutton.
|
||||
|
||||
<P>To remove a <A NAME="display_remove">tracepoint</A>, use the left mouse
|
||||
button to select the tracepoint to remove and use either the tracepoint Menu
|
||||
or the Tracepoint Pop-up Menu to select "remove". To re-install a tracepoint,
|
||||
use the <A HREF="source.html#setting_a_tracepoint">Source Window Display</A>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<BR>
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="display_popup">Tracepoint Pop-up Menu</A></H4>
|
||||
The Tracepoint Pop-up Menu is accessed by using the mouse cursor to select
|
||||
a tracepoint from the Tracepoint Display and then clicking the right button
|
||||
on the mouse. The Pop-up allows expert users quicker access to the functions
|
||||
of the Tracepoint Menu:
|
||||
<DL>
|
||||
<DT>Actions
|
||||
<DD>Display the <A HREF="tracedlg.html">Tracepoint Dialog</A> for
|
||||
the selected tracepoint. This allows the tracepoint's actions
|
||||
to viewed or edited.
|
||||
<DT>Enabled
|
||||
<DD>The tracepoint is active and will causes actions to be
|
||||
performed on the target when it is hit
|
||||
<DT>Disabled
|
||||
<DD>The tracepoint is being ignored. A disabled tracepoint
|
||||
will never perform any actions or be recorded in the trace
|
||||
buffer.
|
||||
<DT>Remove
|
||||
<DD>Deletes the tracepoint
|
||||
<DT>Global, Enable All
|
||||
<DD>Enable all tracepoints
|
||||
<DT>Global, Disable All
|
||||
<DD>Disable all tracepoints
|
||||
<DT>Global, Remove All
|
||||
<DD>Delete all tracepoints
|
||||
</DL>
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,134 @@
|
|||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<TITLE>Tracepoint Dialogs Help</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<H1>Tracepoint Dialogs</H1>
|
||||
<H3>Overview</H3>
|
||||
<P>There are two Tracepoint Dialogs which help users set tracepoints:
|
||||
The Tracepoint Dialog is used to view and add actions and The Actions
|
||||
Dialog is used to edit a particular action specified in the
|
||||
tracepoint's Action List.</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Tracepoint Dialogs topics:
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#tracedlg">The Tracepoint Dialog</A>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#t_experiment">Experiment Frame</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#t_actions">Actions Frame</A>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#t_actions_passcount">Number of Passes</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#t_actions_add">Adding Actions</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#t_actions_modify">Modifying Actions</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#actionsdlg">The Actions Dialog</A>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#a_variables">Variables List</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#a_collect">Collection List</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#a_other">Other Entry</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
</UL></P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3><A NAME="tracedlg">The Tracepoint Dialog</H3>
|
||||
The Tracepoint Dialog is the gateway to viewing and editing
|
||||
the properties of any tracepoint. The same dialog is used
|
||||
to add new tracepoints and edit and delete existing tracepoints,
|
||||
for both single tracepoints and ranges of tracepoints.
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="t_experiment">Experiment Frame</A></H4>
|
||||
The Experiment Frame displays information about the tracepoint's
|
||||
location in the program and its status. Specifically,
|
||||
<DL>
|
||||
<DT>Number
|
||||
<DD>The internal number for this tracepoint. New tracepoints
|
||||
all have the number "-1". This number may be used to
|
||||
refer to specific tracepoints when using the
|
||||
<A HREF="console.html">Console Window</A>
|
||||
<DT>Hit Count
|
||||
<DD>The number of times the tracepoint has been hit
|
||||
<DT>Thread
|
||||
<DD>The thread in which the tracepoint exists. This
|
||||
feature is not currently implemented.
|
||||
<DT>Function
|
||||
<DD>The function in which the tracepoint is set
|
||||
<DT>File
|
||||
<DD>The file in which the tracepoint is set
|
||||
<DT>Line(s)
|
||||
<DD>The line at which the tracepoint is set or the
|
||||
lines which the tracepoint range affects
|
||||
</DL>
|
||||
<BR>
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="t_actions">Actions Frame</A></H4>
|
||||
The Actions Frame displays the user-settable properties of the
|
||||
tracepoint, including all actions and a pass count.
|
||||
|
||||
<P>A pass count specifies the number of times that the tracepoint
|
||||
can be hit on the target before the tracing experiment ceases. A
|
||||
pass count of five means that this tracepoint will issue a silent
|
||||
"tstop" when it is hit the fifth time (after it has performed all
|
||||
it actions). A pass count of zero (0) means that the tracepoint
|
||||
will never causes the trace experiment to terminate on the target.</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>To <A NAME="t_actions_add">add an action</A> for the tracepoint,
|
||||
select the appropriate action from the Action ComboBox and click
|
||||
"Add". The <A HREF="#actionsdlg">Action Dialog</A> appears to
|
||||
allow editing the action's properties.</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Currently, there are two actions: collect and while-stepping.
|
||||
Any number of collect actions may be added to specify that the
|
||||
target should collect variables, registers, and memory when
|
||||
it is hit. The while-stepping action may be used to collect
|
||||
data for a specified number of machine instructions. Only one
|
||||
while-stepping action may be specified for any tracepoint.</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>To <A NAME="t_actions_modify">modify the actions</A> associated
|
||||
with a tracepoint, double-click the left mouse button on the action
|
||||
listed in the Action Frame, and the <A HREF="#actionsdlg">Actions
|
||||
Dialog</A> will appear.</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>To accept the tracepoint as displayed, click the OK button. To abort
|
||||
installing or editing the tracepoint, click the CANCEL button. To delete
|
||||
the tracepoint (if it is not a new tracepoint), click the DELETE button.</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3><A NAME="actionsdlg">The Actions Dialog</A></H3>
|
||||
The Actions Dialog is used to edit an action for the tracepoint. It
|
||||
consists of two lists, one containing all (uncollected) local variables
|
||||
(including function arguments) and registers, and one containing everything
|
||||
being collected.
|
||||
|
||||
<P>The <A NAME="#a_variables">Variables List</A> lists all uncollected local variables,
|
||||
function arguments, and registers and may also display the special indentifiers
|
||||
"All Locals", "All Arguments", and "All Registers". Global variables (and file static
|
||||
variables) do not appear on the Variable List.</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>To move a variable from the Variables List to the Collection List, double-click
|
||||
the variable in the Variables List or select the variable in the Variable
|
||||
List and press the "<<< Collect" button. To specify a range of variables to be
|
||||
collected, select them in the Variables list and click the "<<< Collect" button.</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<P><A NAME="a_collect">The Collection List displays all data being collected
|
||||
by the action, including the special types "All Locals", "All Registers", and
|
||||
"All Arguments", which specify that every local variable, every register, and
|
||||
every function argument will be collected, respectively. Specifying a local
|
||||
variable, for example, and "All Locals" will cause only the special identifier
|
||||
"All Locals" to be sent to the target. Analogously, "All Registers" and "All
|
||||
Arguments" also override any register or function argument specifically listed
|
||||
in the Collection List.</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>To remove data from the Collection List, double-click any of the entries listed
|
||||
in the List, or select a range of data to be removed and press the "Ignore >>>"
|
||||
button. All local variables, function arguments, registers, and special identifiers
|
||||
will be returned to the Variable List, while any expression (memory ranges, globals)
|
||||
will simply "disappear". To add these again, use the <A HREF="#a_other">Other Entry</A>
|
||||
at the bottom of the display.</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>The <A NAME="#a_other">Other Entry</A> can be used to move any variable listed in
|
||||
either the Collection List or the Variable List to the other list. It can also
|
||||
be used to specify expressions for collection, such as memory ranges and global variables.
|
||||
Simply enter the name of the global variable or the expression and press the enter key on
|
||||
the keyboard. If the expression is valid, it will be added/removed from the Collection
|
||||
List.</P>
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
|
|||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<TITLE>Watch Window Help</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<H1>The Watch Window</H1>
|
||||
<H3>Overview</H3>
|
||||
<P>The Watch Window may be used to inspect any collected expression, including
|
||||
global variables, static variables, local variables, function arguments,
|
||||
and registers.</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Watch Window topics:
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><UL><A HREF="#menus">Watch Menu</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#menus_fmt">Format</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#menus_remove">Remove</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<LI><UL><A HREF="#new">Adding Watch Expressions</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#new_ent">In the Watch Window</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#new_src">In the Source Window</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#new_cast">Casting Pointers</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<LI><UL><A HREF="#display">Watch Display</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#display_deref">Dereferencing Pointers</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#display_struct">Viewing a Structure or Class</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#display_popup">Watch Pop-up Menu</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
</UL></P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3><A NAME="menus">Watch Menu</A></H3>
|
||||
The Watch Menu gives on-screen access to the funtions of the Watch Window.
|
||||
To use any of these functions, first use the left mouse button to select an
|
||||
expression from the display. Then select:
|
||||
|
||||
<DL>
|
||||
<DT><A NAME="menus_fmt">Format</A>
|
||||
<DD>Change the display format of the expression
|
||||
<DT><A NAME="menus_remove">Remove</A>
|
||||
<DD>Remove the expression from the Watch Window
|
||||
</DL>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3><A NAME="new">Adding Watch Expressions</A></H3>
|
||||
<A NAME="new_ent">To add an expression to the Watch Window</A>, simply enter
|
||||
the expression into the entry at the bottom of the window and press return
|
||||
or click the "Add Watch" button. The expression is validated and added to the
|
||||
Watch Window Display.
|
||||
|
||||
<P><A NAME="new_src">To add an expression to the Watch Window from the
|
||||
<A HREF="source.html">Source Window</A></A>, use the
|
||||
"<A HREF="source.html#add_to_watch">Add to Watch</A>" option of the
|
||||
<A HREF="source.html#display_popup">Source Window Pop-up Menu</A>.</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Any legal expression may be added to the Watch Window, which will
|
||||
evaluate each of its expressions everytime the program runs. Be cautious
|
||||
adding expressions which cause assignments, such as "<CODE>i++</CODE>".</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Adding a register to the Watch Window can be advantages when debugging
|
||||
via a slow serial line. In this case, keeping the entire Register Window open
|
||||
may be inefficient. Consider adding the register to the Watch Window. Simply
|
||||
enter the name of the register preceded with a dollar sign ($) into the
|
||||
Entry. For example, to watch the PC register, enter "<CODE>$pc</CODE>" into
|
||||
the Watch Window Entry. The program counter is added to the Display.</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<P><A NAME="new_cast">To cast pointers</A>, simply enter the cast into the
|
||||
Watch Window Entry at the bottom of the window. Use the same syntax for the
|
||||
cast that the source file uses. If the source file uses C, the a simple
|
||||
cast of "<CODE>ptr</CODE>" of type "<CODE>void *</CODE>" can be cast to type
|
||||
"<CODE>my_struct</CODE>" by entering "<CODE>(my_struct *) ptr</CODE>" into
|
||||
the Entry.</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3><A NAME="display">Watch Display</A></H3>
|
||||
The Watch Window Display consists of a scrolled listbox which contains all
|
||||
watch expressions, one per line. To use any of the functions of the Watch
|
||||
Window, use the left mouse button to select any element from the Display.
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Pointers, structures, and classes appear in the display with a small
|
||||
exapansion box before their names. To <A NAME="display_deref">dereference
|
||||
pointers</A> or <A NAME="display_struct">view the members of classes or
|
||||
structures</A>, click the closed expansion box (which appears as a small
|
||||
plus sign, "+") to "expand" the listing. The expansion box changes to a
|
||||
minus sign, "-", indicating that the display is now open. Pointers,
|
||||
structures and classes may be expanded recursively to allow multiple pointer
|
||||
dereferences and embedded structure viewing.
|
||||
|
||||
<P>The Locals Display updates as the trace buffer is navigated, highlighting
|
||||
in blue those variables whose values have changed.</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>The Watch Window will, by default, display all pointers in hexadecimal and all
|
||||
other variables in decimal. To change the default display of variables, use the
|
||||
"set output-radix" command in the console window. (Type "help set output-radix" in the
|
||||
console window for help. To make this change permanent, it must be added to the user's
|
||||
init file -- .gdbinit.) To change the display
|
||||
format for a variable, select the Format option from either the Variable Menu or the
|
||||
<A HREF="#display_popup">Watch Pop-up Menu</A>.
|
||||
<BR>
|
||||
|
||||
<H4><A NAME="display_popup">Watch Pop-up Menu</A></H4>
|
||||
The Watch Pop-up Menu provides quick access to the functions of the Watch Window.
|
||||
To use the Locals Pop-up Menu, first select an expression from the Display (by
|
||||
clicking the left mouse button on it) and click the right mouse button, choosing
|
||||
from the pop-up:
|
||||
<DL>
|
||||
<DT>Format
|
||||
<DD>Change the display format of the expression. The expression may be
|
||||
displayed as:
|
||||
<DL>
|
||||
<DT>Hex
|
||||
<DD>hexadecimal (base 16)
|
||||
<DT>Decimal
|
||||
<DD>decimal (base 10)
|
||||
<DT>Binary
|
||||
<DD>binary (base 2)
|
||||
<DT>Octal
|
||||
<DD>octal (base 8)
|
||||
</DL>
|
||||
</DL>
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
|
|||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<TITLE>Watch Window Help</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<H1>The Watch Window</H1>
|
||||
<img src="images/watch.png" alt="Watch Window Image" width=545 height=308 border=0>
|
||||
<H2>Overview</H2>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>The Watch Window may be used to inspect and edit any expression, including
|
||||
global variables, static variables, local variables, function arguments,
|
||||
and registers. All expressions in scope are displayed with the expression in
|
||||
blue, the expression type in red, and the expression value in black. When an
|
||||
expression value changes, it is displayed in green. Expressions that are not
|
||||
in scope are all gray.</P>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Adding Watch Expressions</H3>
|
||||
<p>To add an expression to the Watch Window, simply enter
|
||||
the expression into the entry at the bottom of the window and press return
|
||||
or click the "Add Watch" button. The expression is validated and added to the
|
||||
Watch Window Display.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>To add an expression to the Watch Window from the
|
||||
<A HREF="source.html">Source Window</A>, use the
|
||||
"<A HREF="source.html#add_to_watch">Add to Watch</A>" option of the
|
||||
<A HREF="source.html#display_popup">Source Window Pop-up Menu</A>.</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Any legal expression may be added to the Watch Window, which will
|
||||
evaluate each of its expressions everytime the program runs. Be cautious
|
||||
adding expressions which cause assignments, such as "<CODE>i++</CODE>".</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Adding a register to the Watch Window can be advantages when debugging
|
||||
via a slow serial line. In this case, keeping the entire Register Window open
|
||||
may be inefficient. Consider adding the register to the Watch Window. Simply
|
||||
enter the name of the register preceded with a dollar sign ($) into the
|
||||
Entry. For example, to watch the PC register, enter "<CODE>$pc</CODE>" into
|
||||
the Watch Window Entry. The program counter is added to the Display.</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>To cast pointers, simply enter the cast into the
|
||||
Watch Window Entry at the bottom of the window. Use the same syntax for the
|
||||
cast that the source file uses. If the source file uses C, the a simple
|
||||
cast of "<CODE>ptr</CODE>" of type "<CODE>void *</CODE>" can be cast to type
|
||||
"<CODE>my_struct</CODE>" by entering "<CODE>(my_struct *) ptr</CODE>" into
|
||||
the Entry.</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Watch Display</H3>
|
||||
<p>The Watch Window Display consists of a scrolled listbox which contains all
|
||||
watch expressions, one per line. To use any of the functions of the Watch
|
||||
Window, use the left mouse button to select any element from the Display.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>Pointers, structures, and classes appear in the display with a small
|
||||
exapansion box before their names. To dereference
|
||||
pointers or view the members of classes or
|
||||
structures, click the closed expansion box (which appears as a small
|
||||
plus sign, "+") to "expand" the listing. The expansion box changes to a
|
||||
minus sign, "-", indicating that the display is now open. Pointers,
|
||||
structures and classes may be expanded recursively to allow multiple pointer
|
||||
derefernces and embedded structure viewing.</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>The Watch Display updates after every execution of the program and
|
||||
highlights in green those expressions whose values have changed.</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>The Watch Window will, by default, display all pointers and registers in
|
||||
hexadecimal and all other expressions in decimal. To change the display
|
||||
format for an expression, select the Format option from the pop-up menu.</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Editing an Expression</H3>
|
||||
<p>To edit an expression, either double-click the left mouse button on the expression
|
||||
in the Display or select the Edit option from the popup-menu. To abort editing
|
||||
an expression's value, simply press
|
||||
the escape key on the keyboard. The expression's original value is restored.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Watch Pop-up Menu</H3>
|
||||
<p>The pop-up menu provides quick access to the functions of the Watch Window.
|
||||
To use the pop-up menu, click the right mouse button while over a variable.</p>
|
||||
<DL>
|
||||
<dt>Format<dd>Change the display format of the variable.</dd></dt>
|
||||
<dt>Edit<dd>Edit the variable's value.</dd></dt>
|
||||
<dt>Delete<dd>Remove the variable from the display.</dd></dt>
|
||||
<dt>Dump Memory<dd>Open a Memory Window with the variable's value as an aaddress.</dd></dt>
|
||||
<dt>Help<dd>Open this help page.</dd></dt>
|
||||
<dt>Close<dd>Close the Local Variables Window.</dd></dt>
|
||||
</DL>
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
|
|||
# Open a viewer for HTML help info
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2002, 2008, Red Hat, Inc.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
# under the terms of the GNU General Public License (GPL) as published by
|
||||
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
|
||||
# your option) any later version.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
# GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# NAME: public proc open_help
|
||||
# SYNOPSIS: open_help file
|
||||
# DESC: Opens html help file using an appropriate
|
||||
# browser.
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
proc open_help {hfile} {
|
||||
debug $hfile
|
||||
# create full pathname link
|
||||
set link file://[file join $::GDBTK_LIBRARY help $hfile]
|
||||
|
||||
# windows is easy
|
||||
if {$::gdbtk_platform(platform) == "windows"} {
|
||||
ide_shell_execute open $link
|
||||
return
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# for Unix, we never know what is installed
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
# set list of viewer apps to try
|
||||
switch [pref get gdb/compat] {
|
||||
"KDE" {
|
||||
set apps {htmlview khelpcenter firefox opera mozilla}
|
||||
}
|
||||
"GNOME" {
|
||||
set apps {htmlview firefox opera mozilla gnome-help khelpcenter}
|
||||
}
|
||||
default {
|
||||
set apps {htmlview firefox opera mozilla gnome-help khelpcenter netscape}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# If the user has previously entered a browser name, append it
|
||||
# to the list. Should it go first or last?
|
||||
set bname [pref get gdb/help/browsername]
|
||||
if {$bname != ""} {
|
||||
lappend apps $bname
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# now loop through list checking each application
|
||||
foreach app $apps {
|
||||
debug "app=$app"
|
||||
if {[catch "exec $app $link &" result]} {
|
||||
debug "$app failed: $result"
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
return
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# if we reached here, nothing worked, so prompt for a name
|
||||
set text "No help browser was found on your system.\n\
|
||||
Please enter the name of an HTML viewer application."
|
||||
while {[set app [prompt_helpname $text]] != "0"} {
|
||||
if {$app != ""} {
|
||||
if {[catch "exec $app $link &" result]} {
|
||||
dbug W "$app failed: $result"
|
||||
set text "Could not run application $app.\n\
|
||||
Please enter the name of an HTML viewer application."
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
pref set gdb/help/browsername $app
|
||||
return
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# displays an entry dialog and asks for the name of an application
|
||||
# returns 0 on cancel
|
||||
# name on success
|
||||
proc prompt_helpname {text} {
|
||||
iwidgets::promptdialog .pd -title "Browser Query" -modality application \
|
||||
-labeltext $text
|
||||
if {[.pd activate]} {
|
||||
set app [string trim [.pd get]]
|
||||
destroy .pd
|
||||
return $app
|
||||
}
|
||||
destroy .pd
|
||||
debug "cancelled"
|
||||
return 0
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
Binary file not shown.
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 326 B |
Binary file not shown.
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 359 B |
Binary file not shown.
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 84 B |
Binary file not shown.
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 144 B |
Binary file not shown.
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 73 B |
Binary file not shown.
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 189 B |
Binary file not shown.
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 108 B |
Binary file not shown.
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 80 B |
Binary file not shown.
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 379 B |
Binary file not shown.
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 89 B |
Binary file not shown.
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 333 B |
Binary file not shown.
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 117 B |
Binary file not shown.
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 388 B |
|
|
@ -0,0 +1 @@
|
|||
Basic Icon Set
|
||||
Binary file not shown.
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 7.4 KiB |
Binary file not shown.
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 115 B |
Binary file not shown.
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 178 B |
Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show more
Reference in a new issue